TWI790993B - Black composition, cured film, color filter, light-shielding film, solid-state imaging element, and image display device - Google Patents

Black composition, cured film, color filter, light-shielding film, solid-state imaging element, and image display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI790993B
TWI790993B TW106108428A TW106108428A TWI790993B TW I790993 B TWI790993 B TW I790993B TW 106108428 A TW106108428 A TW 106108428A TW 106108428 A TW106108428 A TW 106108428A TW I790993 B TWI790993 B TW I790993B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
titanium nitride
mass
containing particles
composition
Prior art date
Application number
TW106108428A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201806853A (en
Inventor
久保田誠
浜田大輔
Original Assignee
日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Publication of TW201806853A publication Critical patent/TW201806853A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI790993B publication Critical patent/TWI790993B/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C01INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C01BNON-METALLIC ELEMENTS; COMPOUNDS THEREOF; METALLOIDS OR COMPOUNDS THEREOF NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASS C01C
    • C01B21/00Nitrogen; Compounds thereof
    • C01B21/06Binary compounds of nitrogen with metals, with silicon, or with boron, or with carbon, i.e. nitrides; Compounds of nitrogen with more than one metal, silicon or boron
    • C01B21/076Binary compounds of nitrogen with metals, with silicon, or with boron, or with carbon, i.e. nitrides; Compounds of nitrogen with more than one metal, silicon or boron with titanium or zirconium or hafnium
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/46Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation
    • C08F2/48Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation by ultraviolet or visible light
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K3/00Use of inorganic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K3/28Nitrogen-containing compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B1/00Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • G02F1/133509Filters, e.g. light shielding masks
    • G02F1/133514Colour filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L27/00Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate
    • H01L27/14Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation and specially adapted either for the conversion of the energy of such radiation into electrical energy or for the control of electrical energy by such radiation
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C01INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C01PINDEXING SCHEME RELATING TO STRUCTURAL AND PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF SOLID INORGANIC COMPOUNDS
    • C01P2002/00Crystal-structural characteristics
    • C01P2002/70Crystal-structural characteristics defined by measured X-ray, neutron or electron diffraction data
    • C01P2002/72Crystal-structural characteristics defined by measured X-ray, neutron or electron diffraction data by d-values or two theta-values, e.g. as X-ray diagram
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C01INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C01PINDEXING SCHEME RELATING TO STRUCTURAL AND PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF SOLID INORGANIC COMPOUNDS
    • C01P2004/00Particle morphology
    • C01P2004/60Particles characterised by their size
    • C01P2004/64Nanometer sized, i.e. from 1-100 nanometer
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C01INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C01PINDEXING SCHEME RELATING TO STRUCTURAL AND PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF SOLID INORGANIC COMPOUNDS
    • C01P2006/00Physical properties of inorganic compounds
    • C01P2006/12Surface area
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K2201/00Specific properties of additives
    • C08K2201/002Physical properties
    • C08K2201/006Additives being defined by their surface area
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K2201/00Specific properties of additives
    • C08K2201/011Nanostructured additives

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Electromagnetism (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)
  • Solid State Image Pick-Up Elements (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Polymerisation Methods In General (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)

Abstract

本發明提供一種能夠製作電極的防腐性優異且圖案形成 性優異之硬化膜之組成物。並且,提供一種硬化膜、濾色器、遮光膜、固態攝影元件及圖像顯示裝置。組成物含有包含氯原子之含氮化鈦粒子,上述含氮化鈦粒子中的上述氯原子的含量為0.001~0.3質量%。 The present invention provides a method capable of producing electrodes with excellent corrosion resistance and pattern formation. Composition of excellent hardening film. Furthermore, a cured film, a color filter, a light-shielding film, a solid-state imaging element, and an image display device are provided. The composition contains titanium nitride-containing particles containing chlorine atoms, and the content of the chlorine atoms in the titanium nitride-containing particles is 0.001 to 0.3% by mass.

Description

黑色組成物、硬化膜、濾色器、遮光膜、固態攝影元 件及圖像顯示裝置 Black composition, hardened film, color filter, light-shielding film, solid-state imaging element components and image display devices

本發明係一種組成物、硬化膜、濾色器、遮光膜、固態攝影元件及圖像顯示裝置。 The present invention relates to a composition, a cured film, a color filter, a light-shielding film, a solid-state photographic element, and an image display device.

固態攝影裝置具備攝影透鏡、配設於該攝影透鏡背後之CCD(電荷耦合元件)及CMOS(互補性金屬氧化物半導體)等固態攝影元件(以下,還將固態攝影元件稱作“圖像感測器”。)及安裝有該固態攝影元件之電路基板。該固態攝影裝置搭載於數位相機、附帶相機的移動電話及智能手機等。 A solid-state imaging device includes an imaging lens, a solid-state imaging element such as a CCD (Charge Coupled Device) and a CMOS (Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor) arranged behind the imaging lens (hereinafter, the solid-state imaging element is also referred to as an "image sensor"). ".) and a circuit board on which the solid-state imaging device is mounted. The solid-state imaging device is installed in a digital camera, a mobile phone with a camera, a smartphone, and the like.

固態攝影裝置中,有時會產生由可見光的反射引起之噪聲。藉此,為了實現抑制噪聲的產生,在固態攝影裝置內設置規定的遮光膜。作為用於形成遮光膜的組成物,使用含有鈦黑等黑色顏料之黑色組成物。 In solid-state imaging devices, noise caused by reflection of visible light sometimes occurs. Accordingly, in order to suppress the generation of noise, a predetermined light-shielding film is provided in the solid-state imaging device. As a composition for forming a light-shielding film, a black composition containing a black pigment such as titanium black is used.

另一方面,配置於固態攝影元件及液晶圖像裝置等之濾色器中,為了防止著色像素之間的光的混色來提高對比度等,有時在R(紅色)、G(綠色)、B(藍色)的各像素之間形成有黑矩陣。此外,濾色器中,為了防止固態攝影元件的受光部的漏光,在其邊框區域形成有圖像感測器周邊遮光膜(邊框遮光膜)。 On the other hand, in color filters arranged in solid-state imaging devices and liquid crystal image devices, etc., R (red), G (green), B A black matrix is formed between each pixel (blue). In addition, in order to prevent the light leakage of the light receiving part of the solid-state imaging element in the color filter, a light-shielding film around the image sensor (frame light-shielding film) is formed in the frame region.

用於形成上述黑矩陣之組成物中亦使用含有鈦黑等黑色顏料之黑色組成物。例如,專利文獻1中,公開有“一種樹脂黑矩陣用黑色樹脂組成物,其至少包含遮光材料、樹脂及溶劑,作為遮光材料至少含有氮化鈦粒子,其中,將CuKα射線作為X射線源時的上述氮化鈦粒子的源自(200)面之峰的繞射角2θ為42.5°以上且42.8°以下。”(申請專利範圍第1項)。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻]A black composition containing black pigments such as titanium black is also used in the composition for forming the above-mentioned black matrix. For example, Patent Document 1 discloses "a black resin composition for a resin black matrix, which includes at least a light-shielding material, a resin, and a solvent, and contains at least titanium nitride particles as a light-shielding material, wherein when CuKα rays are used as the X-ray source The diffraction angle 2θ of the peak originating from the (200) plane of the above-mentioned titanium nitride particles is not less than 42.5° and not more than 42.8°." (claim 1). [Prior Art Document] [Patent Document]

[專利文獻1]:日本專利第5136139號公報[Patent Document 1]: Japanese Patent No. 5136139

含有如上述的氮化鈦粒子(含氮化鈦粒子)之黑色組成物的硬化膜,在例如用作固態攝影裝置的構成構件的遮光膜或濾色器的黑矩陣或者圖像感測器周邊遮光膜時,有時在配置有電極圖案等電極之基板上層積來使用。 本發明人等製作專利文獻1中記載之含有氮化鈦粒子(含氮化鈦粒子)之黑色組成物,並且用此在配置有電極之基板上以被覆電極之方式形成硬化膜,并實施了其評價。其結果,得知依據氮化鈦粒子(含氮化鈦粒子)的種類,在與上述電極的遮光膜接觸之區域產生鏽等,亦即,有時會腐蝕電極。並且,同樣地,明確到使用上述黑色組成物形成圖案形狀的硬化膜時,圖案的解析度(圖案形成性)不滿足所希望的要求。A cured film of a black composition containing titanium nitride particles (titanium nitride particle-containing particles) as described above is used, for example, as a light-shielding film or a black matrix of a color filter as a component of a solid-state imaging device, or around an image sensor In the case of a light-shielding film, it may be used by laminating on a substrate on which electrodes such as electrode patterns are arranged. The inventors of the present invention produced the black composition containing titanium nitride particles (containing titanium nitride particles) described in Patent Document 1, and used it to form a cured film on the substrate on which the electrodes were arranged so as to cover the electrodes, and implemented its evaluation. As a result, it was found that depending on the type of titanium nitride particles (titanium nitride-containing particles), rust or the like was generated in the region in contact with the light-shielding film of the electrode, that is, the electrode was sometimes corroded. In addition, similarly, it has been found that when a pattern-shaped cured film is formed using the above-mentioned black composition, the resolution of the pattern (pattern formability) does not satisfy the desired requirements.

本發明的目的為提供能夠製作電極的防腐性優異且圖案形成性優異之硬化膜之組成物。並且,本發明的目的為提供一種硬化膜、濾色器、遮光膜、固態攝影元件及圖像顯示裝置。An object of the present invention is to provide a composition capable of producing a cured film excellent in corrosion resistance of electrodes and excellent in pattern formability. Furthermore, an object of the present invention is to provide a cured film, a color filter, a light-shielding film, a solid-state imaging element, and an image display device.

本發明人等對上述課題進行了深入研究,其結果,發現藉由將含氮化鈦粒子中的氯原子的含量調整為規定的數值範圍,能夠解決上述課題,並完成了本發明。 亦即,發現藉由以下結構能夠實現上述目的。The inventors of the present invention conducted intensive studies on the above-mentioned problems, and as a result, found that the above-mentioned problems can be solved by adjusting the content of chlorine atoms in titanium nitride-containing particles to a predetermined numerical range, and completed the present invention. That is, it was found that the above objects can be achieved by the following structures.

(1)一種組成物,其含有包含氯原子之含氮化鈦粒子, 上述含氮化鈦粒子中的上述氯原子的含量為0.001~0.3質量%。 (2)如(1)所述之組成物,其中,將CuKα射線作為X射線源時,上述含氮化鈦粒子的源自(200)面之峰的繞射角2θ為超過42.8°且43.5°以下。 (3)如(1)或(2)所述之組成物,其中,上述含氮化鈦粒子的藉由BET法求出之比表面積為40~60m2 /g。 (4)如(1)至(3)中任一項所述之組成物,其中,上述含氮化鈦粒子的平均一次粒徑為10~30nm。 (5)如(1)至(4)中任一項所述之組成物,其中,利用透射型電子顯微鏡之前述含氮化鈦粒子的一次粒子圖像的照片觀察中, 100個觀察對象中60個以上為球形。 (6)如(1)至(5)中任一項所述之組成物,其還含有2種以上溶劑。 (7)如(1)至(6)中任一項所述之組成物,其還含有分散劑。 (8)如(7)所述之組成物,其中,上述分散劑相對於上述含氮化鈦粒子的含有比例以質量比計為0.3以下。 (9)如(1)至(8)中任一項所述之組成物,其還含有聚合性化合物。 (10)如(1)至(9)中任一項所述之組成物,其還含有聚合起始劑。 (11)如(1)至(10)中任一項所述之組成物,其中,上述組成物中的固體成分為10~40質量%。 (12)如(1)至(11)中任一項所述之組成物,其中,上述含氮化鈦粒子的含量相對於上述組成物的總固體成分,為30~70質量%。 (13)如(1)至(12)中任一項所述之組成物,其還含有水, 上述水的含量相對於上述組成物總質量,為0.1~1質量%。 (14)如(1)至(13)中任一項所述之組成物,其還含有分散劑, 上述分散劑具有選自由聚己內酯、聚戊內酯、聚丙烯酸甲酯及聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯所組成之群組之至少1種結構。 (15)一種硬化膜,其使用(1)至(14)中任一項所述之組成物來獲得。 (16)一種濾色器,其具有(15)所述之硬化膜。 (17)一種遮光膜,其具有(15)所述之硬化膜。 (18)一種固態攝影元件,其具有(15)所述之硬化膜。 (19)一種圖像顯示裝置,其具有(15)所述之硬化膜。 [發明效果](1) A composition containing titanium nitride-containing particles containing chlorine atoms, wherein the content of the chlorine atoms in the titanium nitride-containing particles is 0.001 to 0.3% by mass. (2) The composition according to (1), wherein when CuKα rays are used as an X-ray source, the diffraction angle 2θ of the peak originating from the (200) plane of the titanium nitride-containing particles is more than 42.8° and 43.5°. ° below. (3) The composition according to (1) or (2), wherein the titanium nitride-containing particles have a specific surface area determined by the BET method of 40 to 60 m 2 /g. (4) The composition according to any one of (1) to (3), wherein the titanium nitride-containing particles have an average primary particle diameter of 10 to 30 nm. (5) The composition according to any one of (1) to (4), wherein, in photographic observation of primary particle images of the titanium nitride-containing particles using a transmission electron microscope, among 100 observation objects More than 60 are spherical. (6) The composition according to any one of (1) to (5), which further contains two or more solvents. (7) The composition according to any one of (1) to (6), which further contains a dispersant. (8) The composition according to (7), wherein the content ratio of the dispersant to the titanium nitride-containing particles is 0.3 or less in mass ratio. (9) The composition according to any one of (1) to (8), which further contains a polymerizable compound. (10) The composition according to any one of (1) to (9), which further contains a polymerization initiator. (11) The composition according to any one of (1) to (10), wherein the solid content in the composition is 10 to 40% by mass. (12) The composition according to any one of (1) to (11), wherein the content of the titanium nitride-containing particles is 30 to 70% by mass relative to the total solid content of the composition. (13) The composition according to any one of (1) to (12), which further contains water, and the content of the water is 0.1 to 1% by mass relative to the total mass of the composition. (14) The composition as described in any one of (1) to (13), which further contains a dispersant, and the above-mentioned dispersant has a compound selected from the group consisting of polycaprolactone, polyvalerolactone, polymethyl acrylate and polymethyl acrylate. At least one structure of the group consisting of methyl acrylate. (15) A cured film obtained using the composition described in any one of (1) to (14). (16) A color filter having the cured film described in (15). (17) A light-shielding film having the cured film described in (15). (18) A solid-state imaging device having the cured film described in (15). (19) An image display device having the cured film described in (15). [Invention effect]

依本發明,能夠提供一種能夠製作電極的防腐性優異且圖案形成性優異之硬化膜之組成物。並且,本發明能夠提供一種硬化膜、濾色器、遮光膜、固態攝影元件及圖像顯示裝置。According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a composition capable of producing a cured film having excellent corrosion resistance of electrodes and excellent pattern formability. Furthermore, the present invention can provide a cured film, a color filter, a light-shielding film, a solid-state imaging element, and an image display device.

以下,對本發明進行說明。 本說明書中,使用“~”表示之數值範圍表示包含記載於“~”的前後之數值作為下限值及上限值之範圍。 本說明書中的基團(原子團)的表述中,未記載取代及未取代之表述係與不具有取代基者一同還包含具有取代基者。例如,“烷基”不僅包含不具有取代基之烷基(未取代烷基),還包含具有取代基之烷基(取代烷基)。 本說明書中,“活性光線”或“放射線”例如表示水銀燈的明線光譜、準分子雷射為代表之遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X射線及電子束等。並且,本發明中,光表示活性光線或放射線。關於本說明書中的“曝光”,除非另有指明,則不僅限於基於水銀燈的明線光譜、準分子雷射為代表之遠紫外線、X射線、EUV光等之曝光,基於電子束及離子束等粒子束之描繪亦包含在曝光中。 本說明書中,“(甲基)丙烯酸酯”表示丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯,“(甲基)丙烯酸”表示丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸,“(甲基)丙烯醯基”表示丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基,“(甲基)丙烯醯胺”表示丙烯醯胺及甲基丙烯醯胺。並且,本說明書中,“單體”與“單體(monomer)”的含義相同。本發明中的單體與寡聚物及聚合物有所區別,指重量平均分子量為2,000以下的化合物。本說明書中,聚合性化合物指具有聚合性基團之化合物,可以係單體,亦可以係聚合物。聚合性基團係指參與聚合反應之基團。 [組成物] 本發明的組成物含有包含氯原子之含氮化鈦粒子,上述含氮化鈦粒子中的上述氯原子的含量為0.001~0.3質量%。 依本發明的組成物,能夠製作電極的防腐性優異且圖案形成性優異之硬化膜。 本發明人等進行了深入研究,其結果,確認到如下內容,亦即,使用包含氯原子的含量超過0.3質量%之含氮化鈦粒子作為顔料成分之黑色的組成物,在配置有電極之基板上形成遮光膜時,依據使用環境條件,藉由上述氯原子與空氣中的水分等進行反應而生成鹽酸,藉此有時會引起電極構件的劣化。 另一方面,發現使用包含氯原子的含量小於0.001質量%之含氮化鈦粒子作為顔料成分之組成物時,所獲得之塗膜的光學濃度(OD)變高,具有圖案形成性下降之趨勢。 從上述觀點考慮,藉由將組成物所含有之含氮化鈦粒子中的氯原子的含量設為0.001~0.3質量%,能夠形成電極的防腐性優異且圖案形成性優異之硬化膜。Hereinafter, the present invention will be described. In this specification, the numerical range represented using "-" means the range which includes the numerical value described before and after "-" as a lower limit and an upper limit. In the expression of the group (atomic group) in this specification, the expression which does not describe substitution and unsubstituted means the thing which has a substituent together with the thing which does not have a substituent. For example, "alkyl" includes not only an unsubstituted alkyl group (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group). In this specification, "active light" or "radiation" means, for example, the bright-line spectrum of a mercury lamp, extreme ultraviolet light represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet light (EUV light), X-rays, and electron beams. In addition, in the present invention, light means actinic light or radiation. Regarding the "exposure" in this specification, unless otherwise specified, it is not limited to the exposure based on the bright line spectrum of the mercury lamp, the extreme ultraviolet rays represented by the excimer laser, X-rays, EUV light, etc., based on the electron beam and ion beam, etc. The rendering of the particle beam is also included in the exposure. In this manual, "(meth)acrylate" means acrylate and methacrylate, "(meth)acrylic acid" means acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, "(meth)acryl" means acryl and methacrylate Acrylamide, "(meth)acrylamide" means acrylamide and methacrylamide. In addition, in this specification, "monomer" and "monomer" have the same meaning. The monomer in the present invention is distinguished from an oligomer and a polymer, and refers to a compound having a weight average molecular weight of 2,000 or less. In this specification, a polymerizable compound refers to a compound having a polymerizable group, which may be a monomer or a polymer. A polymerizable group refers to a group that participates in a polymerization reaction. [Composition] The composition of the present invention contains titanium nitride-containing particles containing chlorine atoms, and the content of the chlorine atoms in the titanium nitride-containing particles is 0.001 to 0.3% by mass. According to the composition of this invention, the cured film which is excellent in corrosion resistance of an electrode and excellent in pattern formability can be produced. The inventors of the present invention conducted intensive studies, and as a result, it was confirmed that, using a black composition containing titanium nitride-containing particles containing chlorine atoms in an amount exceeding 0.3% by mass as a pigment component, the electrode is disposed When the light-shielding film is formed on the substrate, hydrochloric acid is generated by the reaction of the above-mentioned chlorine atoms with moisture in the air, depending on the environmental conditions of use, which may cause deterioration of the electrode member. On the other hand, it was found that when titanium nitride-containing particles containing less than 0.001% by mass of chlorine atoms are used as a composition of pigment components, the optical density (OD) of the obtained coating film becomes high, and the patterning property tends to decrease. . From the viewpoints described above, by setting the content of chlorine atoms in the titanium nitride-containing particles contained in the composition to 0.001 to 0.3% by mass, it is possible to form a cured film that is excellent in corrosion resistance of electrodes and excellent in pattern formability.

<包含氯原子之含氮化鈦粒子> 製造含氮化鈦粒子時,通常利用氣相反應法,具體而言,可舉出電爐法及熱等離子體法等。該些製法中,從雜質的混入較少之角度、粒徑易一致之角度及生產率較高之角度等理由考慮,熱等離子體法為較佳。 作為熱等離子體的產生方法,可舉出直流電弧放電、多相電弧放電、高頻(RF)等離子體及混合式等離子體等,從來自電極的雜質的混入較少之高頻等離子體為較佳。作為基於熱等離子體法之含氮化鈦粒子的具體製造方法,例如,可舉出藉由高頻熱等離子體使鈦粉末蒸發,將氮作為載體氣體導入裝置內,藉由冷卻過程,使鈦粉末氮化,從而合成含氮化鈦粒子之方法等。另外,熱等離子體法並非限定於上述者。 並且,藉由利用熱等離子體法來獲得含氮化鈦粒子,容易將以CuKα射線作為X射線源時的源自(200)面之峰的繞射角2θ(詳細內容將進行後述)調整為超過42.8°且43.5°以下。<Titanium Nitride-Containing Particles Containing Chlorine Atoms> When producing titanium nitride-containing particles, a gas phase reaction method is generally used, and specific examples thereof include an electric furnace method and a thermal plasma method. Among these production methods, the thermal plasma method is preferable from the viewpoints of less contamination of impurities, easier uniformity of particle diameters, and higher productivity. Examples of methods for generating thermal plasma include direct current arc discharge, multiphase arc discharge, high frequency (RF) plasma, and hybrid plasma. High frequency plasma with less impurities from the electrodes is better. good. As a specific production method of titanium nitride-containing particles based on the thermal plasma method, for example, titanium powder is evaporated by high-frequency thermal plasma, nitrogen is introduced into the device as a carrier gas, and titanium Powder nitriding to synthesize titanium nitride-containing particles, etc. In addition, the thermal plasma method is not limited to the above-mentioned ones. In addition, by using the thermal plasma method to obtain titanium nitride-containing particles, it is easy to adjust the diffraction angle 2θ (details will be described later) of the peak originating from the (200) plane when CuKα rays are used as the X-ray source to More than 42.8° and less than 43.5°.

其中,作為使含氮化鈦粒子含有氯原子之方法,並無特別限定。作為一例可舉出上述熱等離子體法中,與鈦粉末一同使用四氯化鈦,進一步作為載體氣體流通氨氣,藉此合成包含氯原子之含氮化鈦粒子之方法。 並且,含氮化鈦粒子中的氯原子的含量為規定量以上時,例如在100~300℃(120~280℃為較佳,120~250℃為更佳)下對粒子進行加熱處理5分鐘~72小時(3~48小時為較佳,3~36小時為更佳)為較佳。藉由經過加熱處理,能夠降低含氮化鈦粒子中包含之氯原子的含量來調整為規定量。However, there is no particular limitation on the method of adding chlorine atoms to the titanium nitride-containing particles. As an example, in the thermal plasma method described above, titanium tetrachloride is used together with titanium powder, and ammonia gas is flowed as a carrier gas to synthesize titanium nitride-containing particles containing chlorine atoms. In addition, when the content of chlorine atoms in the titanium nitride-containing particles is more than a predetermined amount, the particles are heat-treated for 5 minutes at, for example, 100 to 300° C. (preferably 120 to 280° C., more preferably 120 to 250° C.). ~72 hours (preferably 3~48 hours, more preferably 3~36 hours) is more preferred. By heat treatment, the content of chlorine atoms included in the titanium nitride-containing particles can be reduced and adjusted to a predetermined amount.

含氮化鈦粒子的製造中使用之鈦粉末材料(鈦粒子)及四氯化鈦係高純度者為較佳。對鈦粉末材料及四氯化鈦並無特別限定,可較佳地使用鈦元素的純度為99.99%以上者,使用99.999%以上者為更佳。The titanium powder material (titanium particles) used in the production of titanium nitride-containing particles and titanium tetrachloride are preferably high-purity ones. The titanium powder material and titanium tetrachloride are not particularly limited, and those with a purity of titanium element of 99.99% or higher can be preferably used, and more preferably, those with a purity of 99.999% or higher are used.

含氮化鈦粒子的製造中使用之鈦粉末材料(鈦粒子)及四氯化鈦有時含有鈦原子以外的原子。作為鈦粉末材料中可包含之其他原子,例如可舉出Fe原子及Si原子等。 在鈦粉末材料及四氯化鈦含有Fe原子時,Fe原子的含量相對於鈦粉末材料及四氯化鈦的總質量,超過0.001質量%為較佳。藉此,硬化膜的圖案形成性更加優異。並且,在鈦粉末材料及四氯化鈦含有Fe原子時,Fe原子的含量相對於鈦粉末材料及四氯化鈦的總量,小於0.4質量%為較佳。藉此,基於硬化膜之電極的防腐性更加優異(能夠更加抑制硬化膜對電極的腐蝕)。亦即,藉由含氮化鈦粒子的製造中使用之鈦粉末材料及四氯化鈦中包含之Fe原子在上述範圍內(超過0.001質量%且小於0.4質量%),能夠更顯著地獲得本發明的效果。 鈦粉末材料及四氯化鈦含有Si原子時,Si原子的含量相對於鈦粉末材料總質量,超過0.002質量%且小於0.3質量%為較佳,0.01~0.15質量%為更佳,0.02~0.1質量%為進一步較佳。藉由Si原子的含量超過0.002質量%,硬化膜的圖案形成性更加提高。並且認為,藉由Si原子的含量小於0.3質量%,所獲得之含氮化鈦粒子的最表層的極性穩定,使含氮化鈦粒子分散時的分散劑向含氮化鈦粒子的吸附性得到改善,含氮化鈦粒子的未分散物減少,藉此具有抑制產生顆粒之效果。亦即,藉由含氮化鈦粒子的製造中使用之鈦粉末材料及四氯化鈦中包含之Si原子在上述範圍內,能夠更加顯著地獲得本發明的效果。 並且,含氮化鈦粒子的製造中使用之鈦粉末材料(鈦粒子)及四氯化鈦中的水分相對於鈦粉末材料的總質量,小於1質量%為較佳,小於0.1質量%為更佳,實質上不包含為進一步較佳。藉由含氮化鈦粒子的製造中使用之鈦粉末材料及四氯化鈦中的水分在上述範圍內,能夠更加顯著地獲得本發明的效果。Titanium powder materials (titanium particles) and titanium tetrachloride used in the production of titanium nitride-containing particles may contain atoms other than titanium atoms. Examples of other atoms that may be contained in the titanium powder material include Fe atoms, Si atoms, and the like. When the titanium powder material and titanium tetrachloride contain Fe atoms, the content of Fe atoms is preferably more than 0.001% by mass based on the total mass of the titanium powder material and titanium tetrachloride. Thereby, the pattern formability of a cured film becomes more excellent. Furthermore, when the titanium powder material and titanium tetrachloride contain Fe atoms, the content of Fe atoms is preferably less than 0.4% by mass relative to the total amount of the titanium powder material and titanium tetrachloride. Thereby, the anti-corrosion property of the electrode based on the cured film is more excellent (corrosion of the electrode by the cured film can be further suppressed). That is, the titanium powder material used in the manufacture of titanium nitride-containing particles and Fe atoms contained in titanium tetrachloride are within the above-mentioned range (more than 0.001% by mass and less than 0.4% by mass), the present invention can be obtained more remarkably. The effect of the invention. When the titanium powder material and titanium tetrachloride contain Si atoms, the content of Si atoms relative to the total mass of the titanium powder material is preferably more than 0.002% by mass and less than 0.3% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 0.15% by mass, and 0.02 to 0.1% by mass. Mass % is further more preferable. When content of Si atom exceeds 0.002 mass %, the pattern formability of a cured film improves more. And it is considered that the polarity of the outermost layer of the obtained titanium nitride-containing particles is stabilized when the content of Si atoms is less than 0.3% by mass, and the adsorption of the dispersant to the titanium nitride-containing particles when the titanium nitride-containing particles are dispersed is improved. Improvement, the reduction of undispersed matter containing titanium nitride particles, thereby having the effect of suppressing the generation of particles. That is, the effects of the present invention can be more remarkably obtained when the titanium powder material used in the production of titanium nitride-containing particles and the Si atoms contained in titanium tetrachloride are within the above-mentioned range. In addition, the moisture in the titanium powder material (titanium particles) and titanium tetrachloride used in the manufacture of titanium nitride-containing particles is preferably less than 1% by mass, more preferably less than 0.1% by mass, relative to the total mass of the titanium powder material. Better, substantially not included is further better. When the moisture in the titanium powder material and titanium tetrachloride used in the production of the titanium nitride-containing particles is within the above range, the effect of the present invention can be more remarkably obtained.

含氮化鈦粒子中的鈦原子(Ti原子)的含量相對於含氮化鈦粒子的總質量,為50~85質量%為較佳,50~80質量%為更佳,50~75質量%為進一步較佳。含氮化鈦粒子中的Ti原子的含量能夠藉由ICP(高頻電感耦合等離子體)發光分光分析法進行分析。 含氮化鈦粒子中的氮原子(N原子)的含量相對於含氮化鈦粒子的總質量,為20~50質量%為較佳,20~45質量%為更佳,20~40質量%為進一步較佳。氮原子的含量能夠藉由惰性氣體熔融熱導法進行分析。 含氮化鈦粒子中的氧原子的含量相對於含氮化鈦粒子總質量,為12質量%以下為較佳,8質量%以下為更佳。氧原子的含量能夠藉由惰性氣體熔融紅外線吸收法進行分析。The content of titanium atoms (Ti atoms) in the titanium nitride-containing particles is preferably 50-85% by mass, more preferably 50-80% by mass, and 50-75% by mass relative to the total mass of the titanium nitride-containing particles. for further improvement. The content of Ti atoms in the titanium nitride-containing particles can be analyzed by ICP (inductively coupled plasma) emission spectrometry. The content of nitrogen atoms (N atoms) in the titanium nitride-containing particles is preferably 20-50% by mass, more preferably 20-45% by mass, and 20-40% by mass relative to the total mass of the titanium nitride-containing particles. for further improvement. The content of nitrogen atoms can be analyzed by inert gas fusion thermal conductivity method. The content of oxygen atoms in the titanium nitride-containing particles is preferably at most 12% by mass, more preferably at most 8% by mass, based on the total mass of the titanium nitride-containing particles. The content of oxygen atoms can be analyzed by inert gas fusion infrared absorption method.

含氮化鈦粒子中的氯原子的含量相對於含氮化鈦粒子總質量,為0.001~0.3質量%。其中,0.005~0.3質量%為較佳,0.01~0.3質量%為更佳,0.1~0.3質量%為進一步較佳,0.1~0.15質量%尤為佳。藉由氯原子的含量為0.001質量%以上,硬化膜的圖案形成性優異。藉由氯原子的含量為0.3質量%以下,硬化膜的圖案形成性優異,並且基於硬化膜之電極的防腐性優異。 其中,含氮化鈦粒子中的氯原子的含量藉由ICP發光分光分析法進行測定。The content of chlorine atoms in the titanium nitride-containing particles is 0.001 to 0.3% by mass relative to the total mass of the titanium nitride-containing particles. Among these, 0.005-0.3 mass % is preferable, 0.01-0.3 mass % is more preferable, 0.1-0.3 mass % is still more preferable, and 0.1-0.15 mass % is especially preferable. When content of a chlorine atom is 0.001 mass % or more, the pattern formability of a cured film is excellent. When content of a chlorine atom is 0.3 mass % or less, the pattern formability of a cured film is excellent, and the corrosion resistance of the electrode by a cured film is excellent. Here, the content of chlorine atoms in the titanium nitride-containing particles was measured by ICP emission spectrometry.

將CuKα射線作為X射線源來測定X射線繞射光譜時的含氮化鈦粒子的源自(200)面之峰的繞射角2θ超過42.8°且43.5°以下為較佳。使用含有具有該種特徵之含氮化鈦粒子之組成物來獲得之硬化膜(例如,黑矩陣等)的OD值成為適當的數值,圖案形成性(解析度)更優異。The diffraction angle 2θ of the peak originating from the (200) plane of the titanium nitride-containing particles when the X-ray diffraction spectrum is measured using CuKα rays as the X-ray source is preferably more than 42.8° and 43.5° or less. The OD value of the cured film (for example, a black matrix etc.) obtained using the composition containing the titanium nitride particle containing such characteristics becomes an appropriate value, and the pattern formability (resolution) is more excellent.

如上述,含氮化鈦粒子的源自(200)面之峰的繞射角2θ超過42.8°且43.5°以下為較佳,42.85~43.3°為更佳,42.9~43.2°為進一步較佳。 含氮化鈦粒子作為主成分包含氮化鈦(TiN),通常在其合成時混入氧之情況及粒徑較小等情況下變得顯著,但可藉由粒子表面的氧化等來含有一部分氧原子。 其中,含氮化鈦粒子中包含之氧量較少時可獲得更高之OD值(光學濃度),故較佳。並且,含氮化鈦粒子作為副成分不含有TiO2 為較佳。含氮化鈦粒子作為副成分含有氧化鈦TiO2 時,作為強度最強之峰,源自銳鈦礦型TiO2 (101)之峰出現在2θ=25.3°附近,源自金紅石型TiO2 (110)之峰出現在2θ=27.4°附近。但是,TiO2 為白色,會成為降低黑矩陣的遮光性之主要原因,因此降低至不會作為峰而被觀察之程度為較佳。As mentioned above, the diffraction angle 2θ of the peak originating from the (200) plane of the titanium nitride-containing particles is preferably more than 42.8° and 43.5° or less, more preferably 42.85 to 43.3°, and still more preferably 42.9 to 43.2°. Titanium nitride-containing particles contain titanium nitride (TiN) as the main component. Usually, when it is synthesized, oxygen is mixed or the particle size is small, etc., but a part of oxygen can be contained by oxidation of the particle surface, etc. atom. Among them, titanium nitride-containing particles are preferable because a higher OD value (optical density) can be obtained when the amount of oxygen contained in the titanium nitride-containing particles is small. Furthermore, it is preferable that the titanium nitride-containing particles do not contain TiO 2 as an auxiliary component. When titanium nitride-containing particles contain titanium oxide TiO 2 as an auxiliary component, the peak derived from anatase-type TiO 2 (101) appears near 2θ=25.3° as the peak with the strongest intensity, which is derived from rutile-type TiO 2 ( 110) peak appears around 2θ=27.4°. However, TiO 2 is white and is a factor that lowers the light-shielding properties of the black matrix, so it is preferable to reduce it to such an extent that it is not observed as a peak.

能夠藉由X射線繞射峰的半值幅求出構成含氮化鈦粒子之微晶尺寸,利用謝勒(Scherrer)公式進行計算。The crystallite size constituting the titanium nitride-containing particles can be obtained from the half-value width of the X-ray diffraction peak, and calculated using Scherrer's formula.

作為微晶尺寸,20nm以上為較佳,20~50nm為更佳。將使用微晶尺寸為20nm以上的含氮化鈦粒子形成黑矩陣時,硬化膜的透射光呈如其峰波長為475nm以下之藍色至藍紫色,能夠獲得兼具較高之遮光性與紫外線靈敏度之黑矩陣。As a crystallite size, 20 nm or more is preferable, and 20-50 nm is more preferable. When using titanium nitride particles with a crystallite size of 20nm or more to form a black matrix, the transmitted light of the cured film is blue to blue-purple with a peak wavelength below 475nm, which can obtain both high light-shielding properties and ultraviolet sensitivity The black matrix.

含氮化鈦粒子的比表面積能夠藉由BET法求出,40~60m2 /g為較佳,40~58m2 /g為更佳,42~55m2 /g為進一步較佳。藉由將含氮化鈦粒子的比表面積設為40~60m2 /g,所獲得之硬化膜的OD(光學濃度)值成為更適當的範圍,圖案形成性(解析度)更優異,而且組成物的過濾性亦優異。The specific surface area of the titanium nitride-containing particles can be obtained by the BET method, and is preferably 40 to 60 m 2 /g, more preferably 40 to 58 m 2 /g, and still more preferably 42 to 55 m 2 /g. By setting the specific surface area of the titanium nitride-containing particles to 40 to 60 m 2 /g, the OD (optical density) value of the obtained cured film is in a more appropriate range, and the pattern formability (resolution) is more excellent, and the composition The filterability of the material is also excellent.

含氮化鈦粒子的平均一次粒徑為10~30nm為較佳,10~28nm為更佳,10~25nm為進一步較佳,10~20nm為進一步較佳。藉由將含氮化鈦粒子的平均一次粒徑設為10~30nm,所獲得之硬化膜的OD(光學濃度)值成為適當的範圍。並且,從組成物的黏度經時穩定性的觀點考慮,含氮化鈦粒子的平均一次粒徑為10nm以上為較佳。 另外,本發明中,含氮化鈦粒子的平均一次粒徑係指,能夠藉由透射型電子顯微鏡(例如,依據JEOL Ltd.製造JEM-2100F型 場發射型透射電子顯微鏡之裝置)觀察粒子,並從所獲得之照片求出之一次粒子的數平均粒徑。具體而言,藉由實施例記載之方法製備包含含氮化鈦粒子之分散液,並以其固體成分成為1質量%左右之方式,藉由與分散液相同之溶劑進行稀釋,在碳箔上滴加分散液,觀察乾燥之後存在於碳箔上之含氮化鈦粒子的透射型電子顯微鏡圖像。藉由上述裝置求出含氮化鈦粒子的一次粒子的投影面積,藉此求出圓當量直徑。將所求出之圓當量直徑的算術平均作為一次粒徑。更具體而言,對為了求出平均一次粒徑而隨機選擇之100個粒子測定一次粒徑之後,對排除最大側10個及最小側10個之80個粒子的一次粒徑進行算術平均來求出圓當量直徑。 並且,含氮化鈦粒子在利用上述透射型電子顯微鏡之一次粒子圖像的照片觀察中,100個觀察對象中60個以上(換言之,60%以上)為球形為較佳。藉由所使用之含氮化鈦粒子的60%以上為球形,所獲得之硬化膜的OD(光學濃度)值成為適當的範圍,圖案形成性(解析度)更優異。並且,藉由所使用之含氮化鈦粒子的60%以上為球形,組成物的過濾性及黏度經時穩定性亦優異。 另外,本發明中,粒子為“球形”係指,未必一定是正球,例如可以是大致球狀者(投影時的二維圖形中的短徑/長徑比為0.7~1左右)、旋轉橢圓體。The average primary particle size of the titanium nitride-containing particles is preferably from 10 to 30 nm, more preferably from 10 to 28 nm, still more preferably from 10 to 25 nm, and still more preferably from 10 to 20 nm. By setting the average primary particle size of the titanium nitride-containing particles to 10 to 30 nm, the OD (optical density) value of the obtained cured film will be in an appropriate range. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of the temporal stability of the viscosity of the composition, the titanium nitride-containing particles preferably have an average primary particle diameter of 10 nm or more. In addition, in the present invention, the average primary particle size of the titanium nitride-containing particles means that the particles can be observed by a transmission electron microscope (for example, a JEM-2100F field emission transmission electron microscope device manufactured by JEOL Ltd.), And the number-average particle diameter of primary particles was calculated from the obtained photographs. Specifically, a dispersion containing titanium nitride-containing particles was prepared by the method described in the examples, and diluted with the same solvent as the dispersion in such a manner that the solid content thereof was about 1% by mass, and placed on a carbon foil The dispersion liquid was added dropwise, and the transmission electron microscope image of the titanium nitride-containing particles existing on the carbon foil after drying was observed. The projected area of the primary particle containing the titanium nitride particle was obtained by the above-mentioned apparatus, and the circle-equivalent diameter was obtained by this. The arithmetic mean of the calculated circle-equivalent diameters was used as the primary particle diameter. More specifically, after measuring the primary particle diameter of 100 particles randomly selected to obtain the average primary particle diameter, the arithmetic average of the primary particle diameters of 80 particles excluding the 10 largest and 10 smallest particles is obtained. Out circle equivalent diameter. In addition, it is preferable that 60 or more (in other words, 60% or more) of 100 observation objects are spherical in the photographic observation of the titanium nitride-containing particles using the primary particle image of the above-mentioned transmission electron microscope. When 60% or more of the titanium nitride-containing particles used are spherical, the OD (optical density) value of the obtained cured film is in an appropriate range, and the pattern formability (resolution) is more excellent. Furthermore, since 60% or more of the titanium nitride-containing particles used are spherical, the filterability and viscosity stability of the composition are also excellent. In addition, in the present invention, the particle is "spherical" means that it does not necessarily have to be a true sphere, for example, it may be approximately spherical (the ratio of minor axis to aspect ratio in the two-dimensional figure at the time of projection is about 0.7 to 1), spheroid body.

含氮化鈦粒子的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分,為30~70質量%為較佳,40~68質量%為更佳,42~65質量%為進一步較佳。藉由含氮化鈦粒子的含量在上述數值範圍,分光性(良好的OD值)優異,而且圖案形成性(解析度)及電極的防腐性亦優異。 另外,本說明書中,固體成分表示構成藉由組成物形成之硬化膜之成分,不包含溶劑。例如,後述之聚合性化合物為構成硬化膜之成分,因此即使係液體(液狀),亦包含於固體成分中。The content of the titanium nitride-containing particles is preferably from 30 to 70% by mass, more preferably from 40 to 68% by mass, and still more preferably from 42 to 65% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition. When the content of the titanium nitride-containing particles is within the above numerical range, the spectroscopic properties (good OD value) are excellent, and also the pattern formation properties (resolution) and corrosion resistance of electrodes are also excellent. In addition, in this specification, solid content means the component which comprises the cured film formed from a composition, and does not contain a solvent. For example, since the polymerizable compound mentioned later is a component which comprises a cured film, even if it is a liquid (liquid state), it is contained in a solid component.

<分散劑> 本發明的組成物含有分散劑為較佳。分散劑有助於提高上述含氮化鈦粒子等顔料的分散性。本發明中,分散劑為與後述黏結樹脂不同之成分。 作為分散劑,例如,可適當選擇公知的顔料分散劑來使用。其中,高分子化合物為較佳。 作為分散劑,可舉出高分子分散劑〔例如,聚醯胺胺及其鹽、聚羧酸及其鹽、高分子量不飽和酸酯、改性聚氨酯、改性聚酯、改性聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物、萘磺酸福爾馬林縮合物〕、聚氧乙烯烷基磷酸酯、聚氧乙烯烷基胺及顔料衍生物等。 高分子化合物可依其結構,進一步分類為直鏈狀高分子、末端改質型高分子、接枝型高分子及嵌段型高分子。<Dispersant> The composition of the present invention preferably contains a dispersant. The dispersant contributes to improving the dispersibility of the above-mentioned pigments containing titanium nitride particles and the like. In the present invention, the dispersant is a component different from the binder resin described later. As a dispersant, for example, a known pigment dispersant can be appropriately selected and used. Among them, polymer compounds are preferred. As the dispersant, high molecular dispersant [for example, polyamide amine and its salt, polycarboxylic acid and its salt, high molecular weight unsaturated ester, modified polyurethane, modified polyester, modified poly(formyl base) acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid copolymer, naphthalenesulfonic acid formalin condensate], polyoxyethylene alkyl phosphate, polyoxyethylene alkylamine and pigment derivatives, etc. Macromolecular compounds can be further classified into linear polymers, end-modified polymers, grafted polymers, and block polymers according to their structures.

高分子化合物吸附於含氮化鈦粒子及依需要倂用之顏料等被分散體的表面,發揮防止被分散體的再凝聚之作用。故,具有針對顏料表面的固定部位之末端改質型高分子、接枝型高分子及嵌段型高分子為較佳。 另一方面,藉由對含氮化鈦粒子的表面進行改質,還能夠促進高分子化合物對此的吸附性。The polymer compound is adsorbed on the surface of the dispersed body such as titanium nitride-containing particles and optional pigments, and plays a role in preventing the re-agglomeration of the dispersed body. Therefore, end-modified polymers, grafted polymers, and block polymers having fixed sites on the surface of the pigment are preferred. On the other hand, by modifying the surface of the titanium nitride-containing particles, the adsorption property of the polymer compound can also be promoted.

高分子化合物具有具備接枝鏈之結構單元為較佳。另外,本說明書中,“結構單元”的含義與“重複單元”相同。 具有具備該種接枝鏈之結構單元之高分子化合物,藉由接枝鏈具有與溶劑的親和性,故係含氮化鈦粒子等顔料的分散性及經時之後的分散穩定性優異者。並且,藉由存在接枝鏈,具有具備接枝鏈之結構單元之高分子化合物與聚合性化合物或其他能夠倂用之樹脂等具有親和性。其結果,在鹼顯影中不易生成殘渣。 若接枝鏈變長,則立體排斥效果提高而顔料等的分散性得到提高。另一方面,若接枝鏈過長,則向含氮化鈦粒子等顏料的吸附力下降,顔料等的分散性呈下降的趨勢。故,接枝鏈為氫原子以外的原子數為40~10000者為較佳,氫原子以外的原子數為50~2000者為更佳,氫原子以外的原子數為60~500者為進一步較佳。 其中,接枝鏈表示共聚物的主鏈的根部(從主鏈支化之基團中與主鏈鍵結之原子)至從主鏈支化之基團的末端。It is preferable that the polymer compound has a structural unit having a graft chain. In addition, in this specification, a "structural unit" has the same meaning as a "repeating unit". A polymer compound having a structural unit having such a graft chain has affinity with a solvent due to the graft chain, and thus is excellent in dispersibility of pigments such as titanium nitride-containing particles and dispersion stability over time. Furthermore, due to the presence of the graft chain, the polymer compound having the structural unit having the graft chain has affinity with polymerizable compounds or other applicable resins. As a result, residues are less likely to be generated during alkali image development. When the graft chain becomes longer, the steric repulsion effect increases and the dispersibility of the pigment and the like improves. On the other hand, if the graft chain is too long, the adsorption force to pigments such as titanium nitride-containing particles decreases, and the dispersibility of pigments and the like tends to decrease. Therefore, the graft chain is preferably 40 to 10,000 atoms other than hydrogen atoms, more preferably 50 to 2,000 atoms other than hydrogen atoms, and further preferably 60 to 500 atoms other than hydrogen atoms. good. Here, the graft chain means the root of the main chain of the copolymer (the atom bonded to the main chain in the group branched from the main chain) to the terminal of the group branched from the main chain.

接枝鏈具有聚合物結構為較佳,作為該種聚合物結構,例如可舉出聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯結構(例如,聚(甲基)丙烯酸結構)、聚酯結構、聚氨酯結構、聚脲結構、聚醯胺結構及聚醚結構等。 為了提高接枝鏈與溶劑的相互作用性,並藉此提高分散性,接枝鏈係具有選自由聚酯結構、聚醚結構及聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯結構所組成之群組之至少1種之接枝鏈為較佳,具有聚酯結構及聚醚結構的至少任一個之接枝鏈為更佳。It is preferable that the graft chain has a polymer structure, and examples of such a polymer structure include a poly(meth)acrylate structure (for example, a poly(meth)acrylic acid structure), a polyester structure, a polyurethane structure, a poly Urea structure, polyamide structure and polyether structure, etc. In order to improve the interaction between the graft chain and the solvent, and thereby improve the dispersibility, the graft chain system has at least 1 selected from the group consisting of polyester structure, polyether structure and poly(meth)acrylate structure. A grafted chain of the above species is preferred, and a grafted chain having at least one of a polyester structure and a polyether structure is more preferred.

作為具有該種接枝鏈之巨單體,並無特別限定,能夠適當使用具有反應性雙鍵性基之巨單體。The macromonomer having such a graft chain is not particularly limited, and a macromonomer having a reactive double bond group can be suitably used.

與高分子化合物所具有之具有接枝鏈之結構單元對應,作為適合用於合成高分子化合物之市售的巨單體,可使用AA-6(商品名、TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造)、AA-10(商品名、TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造)、AB-6(商品名、TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造)、AS-6(商品名、TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.)、AN-6(商品名、TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造)、AW-6(商品名、TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造)、AA-714(商品名、TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造)、AY-707(商品名、TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造)、AY-714(商品名、TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造)、AK-5(商品名、TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造)、AK-30(商品名、TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造)、AK-32(商品名、TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造)、Blemmer PP-100(商品名、NOF CORPORATION.製造)、Blemmer PP-500(商品名、NOF CORPORATION.製造)、Blemmer PP-800(商品名、NOF CORPORATION.製造)、Blemmer PP-1000(商品名、NOF CORPORATION.製造)、Blemmer 55-PET-800(商品名、NOF CORPORATION.製造)、Blemmer PME-4000(商品名、NOF CORPORATION.製造)、Blemmer PSE-400(商品名、NOF CORPORATION.製造)、Blemmer PSE-1300(商品名、NOF CORPORATION.製造)、Blemmer 43PAPE-600B(商品名、NOF CORPORATION.製造)等。其中,使用AA-6(商品名、Toagosei.Company, Limited.製造)、AA-10(商品名、TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造)、AB-6(商品名、TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造)、AS-6(商品名、TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造)、AN-6(商品名、TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造)及Blemmer PME-4000(商品名、NOF CORPORATION.製造)等為較佳。Corresponding to the structural unit having a grafted chain of a polymer compound, as a commercially available macromonomer suitable for synthesizing a polymer compound, AA-6 (trade name, manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), AA-10 (trade name, manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), AB-6 (trade name, manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), AS-6 (trade name, manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), AN-6 (trade name, manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), AW-6 (trade name, manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), AA-714 (trade name, manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), AY-707 (trade name, manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.) name, manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), AY-714 (trade name, manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), AK-5 (trade name, manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), AK-30 (trade name, manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD. TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), AK-32 (trade name, manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), Blemmer PP-100 (trade name, manufactured by NOF CORPORATION.), Blemmer PP-500 (trade name, NOF CORPORATION. manufactured), Blemmer PP-800 (trade name, manufactured by NOF CORPORATION.), Blemmer PP-1000 (trade name, manufactured by NOF CORPORATION.), Blemmer 55-PET-800 (trade name, manufactured by NOF CORPORATION.), Blemmer PME- 4000 (trade name, manufactured by NOF CORPORATION.), Blemmer PSE-400 (trade name, manufactured by NOF CORPORATION.), Blemmer PSE-1300 (trade name, manufactured by NOF CORPORATION.), Blemmer 43PAPE-600B (trade name, manufactured by NOF CORPORATION. manufacturing), etc. Among them, AA-6 (trade name, manufactured by Toagosei. Company, Limited.), AA-10 (trade name, manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), AB-6 (trade name, manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.) were used , AS-6 (trade name, manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), AN-6 (trade name, manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.) and Blemmer PME-4000 (trade name, manufactured by NOF CORPORATION.) etc. are preferable .

分散劑具有選自由聚己內酯、聚戊內酯、聚丙烯酸甲酯及聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯所組成之群組之至少1種結構為較佳。而且,該些結構倂用2種以上為更佳。 其中,聚己內酯結構係指作為重複單元具有對ε-己內酯進行開環之結構者。聚戊內酯結構係指作為重複單元具有對δ-戊內酯進行開環之結構者。 作為具有聚己內酯結構之分散劑的具體例,可舉出下述式(1)及下述式(2)中的j及k為5者。並且,作為具有聚戊內酯結構之分散劑的具體例,可舉出下述式(1)及下述式(2)中的j及k為4者。 作為具有聚丙烯酸甲酯結構之分散劑的具體例,可舉出下述式(4)中的X5 為氫原子,且R4 為甲基者。並且,作為具有聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯結構之分散劑的具體例,可舉出下述式(4)中的X5 為甲基,且R4 為甲基者。The dispersant preferably has at least one structure selected from the group consisting of polycaprolactone, polyvalerolactone, polymethyl acrylate, and polymethyl methacrylate. Furthermore, it is more preferable to use two or more of these structures. Here, the polycaprolactone structure means what has the structure which ring-opens ε-caprolactone as a repeating unit. The polyvalerolactone structure refers to one having a structure in which δ-valerolactone is ring-opened as a repeating unit. Specific examples of the dispersant having a polycaprolactone structure include those in which j and k in the following formula (1) and following formula (2) are 5. Moreover, as a specific example of the dispersing agent which has a polyvalerolactone structure, j and k in following formula (1) and following formula (2) are 4 thing. Specific examples of the dispersant having a polymethyl acrylate structure include those in which X 5 is a hydrogen atom and R 4 is a methyl group in the following formula (4). Furthermore, specific examples of the dispersant having a polymethyl methacrylate structure include those in which X 5 is a methyl group and R 4 is a methyl group in the following formula (4).

高分子化合物作為具有接枝鏈之結構單元,包含以下述式(1)~式(4)的任一個表示之結構單元為較佳,包含以下述式(1A)、下述式(2A)、下述式(3A)、下述式(3B)及下述(4)的任一個表示之結構單元為更佳。As a structural unit having a grafted chain, the polymer compound preferably includes a structural unit represented by any one of the following formula (1) to formula (4), including the following formula (1A), the following formula (2A), The structural unit represented by any one of the following formula (3A), the following formula (3B) and the following (4) is more preferable.

[化學式1]

Figure 02_image001
[chemical formula 1]
Figure 02_image001

式(1)~式(4)中,W1 、W2 、W3 及W4 分別獨立地表示氧原子或NH。W1 、W2 、W3 及W4 為氧原子為較佳。 式(1)~式(4)中,X1 、X2 、X3 、X4 及X5 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價的有機基團。作為X1 、X2 、X3 、X4 及X5 ,從合成方面的限制的觀點考慮,分別獨立地為氫原子或碳原子數(碳素原子數)1~12的烷基為較佳,分別獨立地為氫原子或甲基為更佳,甲基為進一步較佳。In formulas (1) to (4), W 1 , W 2 , W 3 and W 4 each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH. W 1 , W 2 , W 3 and W 4 are preferably oxygen atoms. In formulas (1) to (4), X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , and X 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , and X 5 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms (number of carbon atoms) from the viewpoint of restrictions on synthesis. , each independently being a hydrogen atom or a methyl group is more preferred, and a methyl group is further preferred.

式(1)~式(4)中,Y1 、Y2 、Y3 及Y4 分別獨立地表示2價的連結基,連結基的結構方面並無特別的限制。作為以Y1 、Y2 、Y3 及Y4 表示之2價的連結基,具體而言,可舉出下述(Y-1)~(Y-21)的連結基等為例。下述所示之結構中,A、B分別表示與式(1)~式(4)中的左末端基、右末端基的鍵結部位。下述中示出之結構中,從合成的簡便性考慮,(Y-2)或(Y-13)為更佳。In formulas (1) to (4), Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , and Y 4 each independently represent a divalent linking group, and the structure of the linking group is not particularly limited. As the divalent linking group represented by Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , and Y 4 , specifically, linking groups of the following (Y-1) to (Y-21) and the like are exemplified. In the structures shown below, A and B represent the bonding sites to the left end group and the right end group in formulas (1) to (4), respectively. Among the structures shown below, (Y-2) or (Y-13) is more preferable in view of the simplicity of synthesis.

[化學式2]

Figure 02_image003
[chemical formula 2]
Figure 02_image003

式(1)~式(4)中,Z1 、Z2 、Z3 及Z4 分別獨立地表示1價的有機基團。有機基團的結構並無特別限定,具體而言,可舉出烷基、羥基、烷氧基、芳氧基、雜芳氧基、烷硫醚基、芳硫醚基、雜芳硫醚基及胺基等。該些中,作為以Z1 、Z2 、Z3 及Z4 表示之有機基團,尤其從分散性提高的觀點考慮,具有立體排斥效果者為較佳,分別獨立地為碳原子數5至24的烷基或烷氧基為較佳,其中,分別獨立地為碳原子數5至24的分支烷基、碳原子數5至24的環狀烷基或碳原子數5至24的烷氧基尤為佳。另外,烷氧基中包含之烷基可以係直鏈狀、支鏈狀及環狀的任一個。In formulas (1) to (4), Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 and Z 4 each independently represent a monovalent organic group. The structure of the organic group is not particularly limited, and specific examples thereof include alkyl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkylsulfide, arylsulfide, and heteroarylsulfide and amine groups, etc. Among them, as the organic groups represented by Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 and Z 4 , those having a steric repulsion effect are preferable especially from the standpoint of improving dispersibility, and each independently has 5 to 5 carbon atoms. 24 alkyl or alkoxy group is preferred, wherein each independently is a branched alkyl group with 5 to 24 carbon atoms, a cyclic alkyl group with 5 to 24 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group with 5 to 24 carbon atoms The base is especially good. In addition, the alkyl group included in the alkoxy group may be any of linear, branched and cyclic.

式(1)~式(4)中,n、m、p及q分別獨立地為1至500的整數。 並且,式(1)及式(2)中,j及k分別獨立地表示2~8的整數。從組成物的分散穩定性及顯影性的觀點考慮,式(1)及式(2)中的j及k為4~6的整數為較佳,5更為佳。In formula (1) - formula (4), n, m, p, and q are each independently the integer of 1-500. Moreover, in formula (1) and formula (2), j and k each independently represent the integer of 2-8. From the viewpoint of dispersion stability and developability of the composition, j and k in formula (1) and formula (2) are preferably integers of 4 to 6, more preferably 5.

式(3)中,R3 表示分支或者直鏈的伸烷基,碳原子數1~10的伸烷基為較佳,碳原子數2或3的伸烷基為更佳。p為2~500時,存在複數個之R3 可相互相同亦可互不相同。 式(4)中,R4 表示氫原子或1價的有機基團,作為該1價的有機基團,結構上並無特別限定。作為R4 ,可較佳地舉出氫原子、烷基、芳基及雜芳基,氫原子或烷基為更佳。R4 為烷基時,作為烷基,碳原子數1~20的直鏈狀烷基、碳原子數3~20的分支狀烷基或碳原子數5~20的環狀烷基為較佳,碳原子數1~20的直鏈狀烷基為更佳,碳原子數1~6的直鏈狀烷基為進一步較佳。式(4)中,q為2~500時,接枝共聚物中存在複數個之X5 及R4 可相互相同亦可互不相同。In formula (3), R 3 represents a branched or linear alkylene group, preferably an alkylene group with 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkylene group with 2 or 3 carbon atoms. When p is 2 to 500, a plurality of R 3 may be the same or different from each other. In formula (4), R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and the monovalent organic group is not particularly limited in structure. R 4 preferably includes a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group and a heteroaryl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. When R4 is an alkyl group, as the alkyl group, a linear alkyl group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group with 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or a cyclic alkyl group with 5 to 20 carbon atoms is preferred. A straight-chain alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a straight-chain alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is still more preferable. In formula (4), when q is 2 to 500, a plurality of X 5 and R 4 present in the graft copolymer may be the same or different from each other.

並且,高分子化合物可具有2種以上的不同結構且具有接枝鏈之結構單元。亦即,高分子化合物的分子中可以包含結構互不相同之以式(1)~式(4)表示之結構單元,並且,式(1)~式(4)中,n、m、p及q分別表示2以上的整數時,式(1)及式(2)中,可在側鏈中包含j及k互不相同之結構,式(3)及式(4)中,分子內存在複數個之R3 、R4 及X5 可相互相同亦可互不相同。In addition, the polymer compound may have two or more different structures and may have a structural unit of a graft chain. That is, the molecule of the polymer compound may contain structural units represented by formula (1) to formula (4) with different structures, and, in formula (1) to formula (4), n, m, p and When q represents an integer of 2 or more, in formula (1) and formula (2), structures in which j and k are different from each other can be included in the side chain, and in formula (3) and formula (4), there are plural numbers in the molecule Each of R 3 , R 4 and X 5 may be the same or different from each other.

作為以式(1)表示之結構單元,從組成物的分散穩定性及顯影性的觀點考慮,以下述式(1A)表示之結構單元為更佳。 並且,作為以式(2)表示之結構單元,從組成物的分散穩定性及顯影性的觀點考慮,以下述式(2A)表示之結構單元為更佳。As the structural unit represented by the formula (1), a structural unit represented by the following formula (1A) is more preferable from the viewpoint of dispersion stability and developability of the composition. Furthermore, as the structural unit represented by the formula (2), a structural unit represented by the following formula (2A) is more preferable from the viewpoint of dispersion stability and developability of the composition.

[化學式3]

Figure 02_image005
[chemical formula 3]
Figure 02_image005

式(1A)中,X1 、Y1 、Z1 及n的含義與式(1)中的X1 、Y1 、Z1 及n相同,較佳範圍亦相同。式(2A)中,X2 、Y2 、Z2 及m的含義與式(2)中的X2 、Y2 、Z2 及m相同,較佳範圍亦相同。In formula (1A), X 1 , Y 1 , Z 1 and n have the same meanings as X 1 , Y 1 , Z 1 and n in formula (1), and their preferred ranges are also the same. In formula (2A), X 2 , Y 2 , Z 2 and m have the same meanings as X 2 , Y 2 , Z 2 and m in formula (2), and their preferred ranges are also the same.

並且,作為以式(3)表示之結構單元,從組成物的分散穩定性及顯影性的觀點考慮,以下述式(3A)或式(3B)表示之結構單元為更佳。Furthermore, as the structural unit represented by the formula (3), a structural unit represented by the following formula (3A) or formula (3B) is more preferable from the viewpoint of dispersion stability and developability of the composition.

[化學式4]

Figure 02_image007
[chemical formula 4]
Figure 02_image007

式(3A)或(3B)中,X3 、Y3 、Z3 及p的含義與式(3)中的X3 、Y3 、Z3 及p相同,較佳範圍亦相同。In formula (3A) or (3B), X 3 , Y 3 , Z 3 and p have the same meanings as X 3 , Y 3 , Z 3 and p in formula (3), and the preferred ranges are also the same.

高分子化合物作為具有接枝鏈之結構單元,具有以式(1A)表示之結構單元為更佳。The polymer compound preferably has a structural unit represented by formula (1A) as a structural unit having a graft chain.

高分子化合物中,具有接枝鏈之結構單元(例如,以上述式(1)~式(4)表示之結構單元)以質量換算,相對於高分子化合物的總質量,以2~90%的範圍包含為較佳,以5~30%的範圍包含為更佳。若在該範圍內包含具有接枝鏈之結構單元,則含氮化鈦粒子的分散性較高,形成硬化膜時的顯影性良好。In polymer compounds, the structural units with grafted chains (for example, the structural units represented by the above formula (1) to formula (4)) are converted by mass, relative to the total mass of the polymer compound, at 2 to 90% It is preferable to include in the range, and it is more preferable to include in the range of 5 to 30%. If the structural unit having a graft chain is included within this range, the dispersibility of the titanium nitride-containing particles will be high, and the developability at the time of forming a cured film will be good.

並且,高分子化合物具有與具有接枝鏈之結構單元不同(亦即,並不相當於具有接枝鏈之結構單元)之疏水性結構單元為較佳。其中,本發明中,疏水性結構單元係不具有酸基(例如,羧酸基、磺酸基、磷酸基、酚性羥基等)之結構單元。Furthermore, it is preferable that the polymer compound has a hydrophobic structural unit different from the structural unit having the graft chain (that is, not corresponding to the structural unit having the graft chain). Among them, in the present invention, the hydrophobic structural unit is a structural unit that does not have an acid group (eg, carboxylic acid group, sulfonic acid group, phosphoric acid group, phenolic hydroxyl group, etc.).

疏水性結構單元係源自(對應)ClogP值為1.2以上的化合物(單體)之結構單元為較佳,係源自ClogP值為1.2~8的化合物之結構單元為更佳。藉此,能夠更可靠地顯現本發明的效果。The hydrophobic structural unit is preferably a structural unit derived from (corresponding to) a compound (monomer) with a ClogP value of 1.2 or more, more preferably a structural unit derived from a compound with a ClogP value of 1.2-8. Thereby, the effect of this invention can be exhibited more reliably.

ClogP值係藉由能夠從Daylight Chemical Information System, Inc.獲得之程序“CLOGP”計算之值。該程序提供藉由Hansch, Leo的fragmentapproach(參閱下述文獻)計算出之“計算logP”的值。Fragmentapproach依據化合物的化學結構,將化學結構分割為部分結構(片段),總計分配於該片段之logP貢獻量,藉此推算化合物的logP值。其詳細內容記載於以下文獻中。本發明中,使用藉由程序CLOGP v4.82計算出之ClogP值。 A. J. Leo, Comprehensive Medicinal Chemistry, Vol.4, C. Hansch, P. G. Sammnens, J. B. Taylor and C. A. Ramsden, Eds., p.295, Pergamon Press, 1990 C. Hansch & A. J. Leo. Substituent Constants For Correlation Analysis in Chemistry and Biology. John Wiley & Sons. A.J. Leo. Calculating logPoct from structure. Chem. Rev., 93, 1281-1306, 1993.The ClogP value is a value calculated by the program "CLOGP" available from Daylight Chemical Information System, Inc. This program provides the value of "compute logP" calculated by Hansch, Leo's fragment approach (see below). Fragmentapproach divides the chemical structure into partial structures (fragments) according to the chemical structure of the compound, and calculates the logP value of the compound by summing up the logP contribution assigned to the fragment. The details thereof are described in the following documents. In the present invention, the ClogP value calculated by the program CLOGP v4.82 was used. A. J. Leo, Comprehensive Medicinal Chemistry, Vol.4, C. Hansch, P. G. Sammnens, J. B. Taylor and C. A. Ramsden, Eds., p.295, Pergamon Press, 1990 C. Hansch & A. J. Leo. Substituent Constants For Correlation Analysis in Chemistry and Biology. John Wiley & Sons. A.J. Leo. Calculating log Poct from structure. Chem. Rev., 93, 1281-1306, 1993.

logP表示分配係數P(Partition Coefficient)的常用對數,係以定量的數值表示某一有機化合物在油(通常為1-辛醇)與水的2相系的平衡中如何分配之物性值,由以下式表示。 logP=log(Coil/Cwater) 式中,Coil表示油相中的化合物的莫耳濃度,Cwater表示水相中的化合物的莫耳濃度。 若logP的值夾著0而正向(plus)增大,則表示油溶性增加,若絕對值負向(minus)增大,則表示水溶性增加,與有機化合物的水溶性有負相關,作為估計有機化合物的親疏水性之參數而廣泛利用。logP represents the common logarithm of the partition coefficient P (Partition Coefficient), which is a quantitative value that expresses the physical property value of how an organic compound is distributed in the equilibrium of the 2-phase system of oil (usually 1-octanol) and water, as follows expression. logP=log(Coil/Cwater) In the formula, Coil represents the molar concentration of the compound in the oil phase, and Cwater represents the molar concentration of the compound in the water phase. If the value of logP increases positively (plus) between 0, it means that the oil solubility increases, and if the absolute value increases negatively (minus), it means that the water solubility increases, which is negatively correlated with the water solubility of organic compounds, as It is widely used to estimate the parameters of hydrophilicity and hydrophobicity of organic compounds.

高分子化合物作為疏水性結構單元,具有選自源自以下述通式(i)~(iii)表示之單體的結構單元之1種以上的結構單元為較佳。The polymer compound preferably has, as the hydrophobic structural unit, one or more structural units selected from structural units derived from monomers represented by the following general formulas (i) to (iii).

[化學式5]

Figure 02_image009
[chemical formula 5]
Figure 02_image009

上述式(i)~(iii)中,R1 、R2 及R3 分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵原子(例如,氟、氯、溴等)或碳原子數為1~6的烷基(例如,甲基、乙基、丙基等)。 R1 、R2 及R3 係氫原子或碳原子數為1~3的烷基為較佳,氫原子或甲基為更佳。R2 及R3 係氫原子尤為佳。 X表示氧原子(-O-)或亞胺基(-NH-),氧原子為較佳。In the above formulas (i) to (iii), R 1 , R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (for example, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, etc.) or an alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbon atoms ( For example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, etc.). R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are preferably hydrogen atoms or alkyl groups with 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably hydrogen atoms or methyl groups. R 2 and R 3 are especially preferably hydrogen atoms. X represents an oxygen atom (-O-) or an imino group (-NH-), preferably an oxygen atom.

L係單鍵或2價的連結基。作為2價的連結基,可舉出2價的脂肪族基(例如,伸烷基、取代伸烷基、伸烯基、取代伸烯基、伸炔基、取代伸炔基)、2價的芳香族基(例如,伸芳基、取代伸芳基)、2價的雜環基、氧原子(-O-)、硫原子(-S-)、亞胺基(-NH-)、取代亞胺基(-NR31 -,其中,R31 為脂肪族基、芳香族基或雜環基)、羰基(-CO-)及該些的組合等。L is a single bond or a divalent linking group. As the divalent linking group, divalent aliphatic groups (for example, alkylene, substituted alkylene, alkenylene, substituted alkenylene, alkynylene, substituted alkynylene), divalent Aromatic group (for example, aryl group, substituted aryl group), divalent heterocyclic group, oxygen atom (-O-), sulfur atom (-S-), imino group (-NH-), substituted Amino group (-NR 31 -, wherein, R 31 is an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group), a carbonyl group (-CO-), a combination thereof, and the like.

2價的脂肪族基可具有環狀結構或分支結構。脂肪族基的碳原子數為1~20為較佳,1~15為更佳,1~10為進一步較佳。脂肪族基可以係不飽和脂肪族基,亦可以係飽和脂肪族基,但飽和脂肪族基為較佳。並且,脂肪族基可具有取代基。取代基的例子可舉出鹵原子、芳香族基及雜環基等。A divalent aliphatic group may have a cyclic structure or a branched structure. The number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic group is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-15, and still more preferably 1-10. The aliphatic group may be an unsaturated aliphatic group or a saturated aliphatic group, but a saturated aliphatic group is preferred. Also, the aliphatic group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, aromatic groups, heterocyclic groups and the like.

2價的芳香族基的碳原子數為6~20為較佳,6~15為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳。並且,芳香族基可具有取代基。取代基的例子可舉出鹵原子、脂肪族基、芳香族基及雜環基等。The number of carbon atoms in the divalent aromatic group is preferably from 6 to 20, more preferably from 6 to 15, and still more preferably from 6 to 10. In addition, the aromatic group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, aliphatic groups, aromatic groups, and heterocyclic groups.

2價的雜環基作為雜環具有5員環或6員環為較佳。雜環上可縮合有其他雜環、脂肪族環或芳香族環。並且,雜環基可具有取代基。作為取代基的例子,可舉出鹵原子、羥基、氧代基(=O)、硫代基(=S)、亞胺基(=NH)、取代亞胺基(=N-R32 ,其中,R32 為脂肪族基、芳香族基或雜環基)、脂肪族基、芳香族基及雜環基。The divalent heterocyclic group preferably has a 5-membered or 6-membered ring as the heterocyclic ring. Another heterocyclic ring, aliphatic ring or aromatic ring may be condensed on the heterocyclic ring. Also, the heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, oxo groups (=O), thioxo groups (=S), imino groups (=NH), substituted imino groups (=NR 32 , where R 32 is an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group), an aliphatic group, an aromatic group and a heterocyclic group.

L係單鍵、伸烷基或包含氧化烯結構之2價的連結基為較佳。氧化烯結構係氧乙烯結構或氧丙烯結構為更佳。並且,L可包含重複包含2個以上的氧化烯結構之聚氧化烯結構。作為聚氧化烯結構,聚氧乙烯結構或聚氧丙烯結構為較佳。聚氧乙烯結構以-(OCH2 CH2 )n-表示,n為2以上的整數為較佳,2~10的整數為更佳。L is preferably a single bond, an alkylene group, or a divalent linking group including an oxyalkylene structure. The oxyalkylene structure is more preferably an oxyethylene structure or an oxypropylene structure. In addition, L may contain a polyoxyalkylene structure repeatedly including two or more oxyalkylene structures. As the polyoxyalkylene structure, a polyoxyethylene structure or a polyoxypropylene structure is preferable. The polyoxyethylene structure is represented by -(OCH 2 CH 2 )n-, and n is preferably an integer of 2 or more, more preferably an integer of 2-10.

作為Z,可舉出脂肪族基(例如,烷基、取代烷基、不飽和烷基及取代不飽和烷基)、芳香族基(例如,芳基、取代芳基、伸芳基、取代伸芳基)、雜環基及該些的組合。該些基團中可包含氧原子(-O-)、硫原子(-S-)、亞胺基(-NH-)、取代亞胺基(-NR31 -、其中,R31 為脂肪族基、芳香族基或雜環基)或羰基(-CO-)。As Z, aliphatic groups (for example, alkyl groups, substituted alkyl groups, unsaturated alkyl groups and substituted unsaturated alkyl groups), aromatic groups (for example, aryl groups, substituted aryl groups, aryl groups, substituted aryl groups, aryl), heterocyclyl and combinations of these. These groups may contain oxygen atom (-O-), sulfur atom (-S-), imino group (-NH-), substituted imino group (-NR 31 -, wherein, R 31 is an aliphatic group , aromatic or heterocyclic group) or carbonyl (-CO-).

脂肪族基可具有環狀結構或分支結構。脂肪族基的碳原子數為1~20為較佳,1~15為更佳,1~10為進一步較佳。脂肪族基中還包含環集合烴基、交聯環式烴基,作為環集合烴基的例子,包含雙環己基、全氫萘基、聯苯基及4-環己基苯基等。作為交聯環式烴環,例如,可舉出:蒎烷(pinane)、莰烷(bornane)、降蒎烷(norpinane)、降莰烷(norbornane)及雙環辛烷環(雙環[2.2.2]辛烷環、雙環[3.2.1]辛烷環等)等2環式烴環;高佈雷烷(homobledane)、金剛烷、三環[5.2.1.02,6]癸烷及三環[4.3.1.12,5]十一烷環等3環式烴環;四環[4.4.0.12,5.17,10]十二烷、全氫-1,4-亞甲基-5,8-亞甲基萘環等4環式烴環等。並且,交聯環式烴環中還包含稠環式烴環,例如,全氫萘(十氫萘)、全氫蒽、全氫菲、全氫苊、全氫芴、全氫茚及全氫葩環等縮合有複數個5~8員環烷烴環之稠環。 與不飽和脂肪族基相比,脂肪族基係飽和脂肪族基為較佳。並且,脂肪族基可具有取代基。取代基的例子可舉出鹵原子、芳香族基及雜環基。其中,脂肪族基作為取代基不具有酸基。The aliphatic group may have a cyclic structure or a branched structure. The number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic group is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-15, and still more preferably 1-10. The aliphatic group also includes a ring-assembled hydrocarbon group and a cross-linked ring-type hydrocarbon group, and examples of the ring-assembled hydrocarbon group include bicyclohexyl, perhydronaphthyl, biphenyl, and 4-cyclohexylphenyl. As cross-linked cyclic hydrocarbon rings, for example, pinane (pinane), bornane (bornane), norpinene (norpinane), norbornane (norbornane) and bicyclic octane ring (bicyclo[2.2.2 ]octane ring, bicyclo[3.2.1]octane ring, etc.) and other 2-ring hydrocarbon rings; homobledane (homobledane), adamantane, tricyclo[5.2.1.02,6]decane and tricyclo[4.3. 1.12,5]undecane ring and other 3-ring hydrocarbon rings; tetracyclo[4.4.0.12,5.17,10]dodecane, perhydro-1,4-methylene-5,8-methylenenaphthalene ring Such as 4-ring hydrocarbon ring and so on. Moreover, the crosslinked cyclic hydrocarbon ring also includes condensed ring hydrocarbon rings, for example, perhydronaphthalene (decalin), perhydroanthracene, perhydrophenanthrene, perhydroacenaphthene, perhydrofluorene, perhydroindene and perhydro There are multiple fused rings of 5-8 membered cycloalkane rings in the condensation of pai rings and the like. The aliphatic group is preferably a saturated aliphatic group than an unsaturated aliphatic group. Also, the aliphatic group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, aromatic groups and heterocyclic groups. However, the aliphatic group does not have an acid group as a substituent.

芳香族基的碳原子數為6~20為較佳,6~15為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳。並且,芳香族基可具有取代基。取代基的例子可舉出鹵原子、脂肪族基、芳香族基及雜環基。其中,芳香族基作為取代基不具有酸基。The number of carbon atoms in the aromatic group is preferably 6-20, more preferably 6-15, and still more preferably 6-10. In addition, the aromatic group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, aliphatic groups, aromatic groups and heterocyclic groups. However, an aromatic group does not have an acid group as a substituent.

雜環基作為雜環具有5員環或6員環為較佳。雜環上可縮合有其他雜環、脂肪族環或芳香族環。並且,雜環基可具有取代基。作為取代基的例子,可舉出鹵原子、羥基、氧代基(=O)、硫代基(=S)、亞胺基(=NH)、取代亞胺基(=N-R32 ,其中,R32 為脂肪族基、芳香族基或雜環基)、脂肪族基、芳香族基及雜環基。其中,雜環基作為取代基不具有酸基。The heterocyclic group preferably has a 5-membered or 6-membered ring as a heterocyclic ring. Another heterocyclic ring, aliphatic ring or aromatic ring may be condensed on the heterocyclic ring. Also, the heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, oxo groups (=O), thioxo groups (=S), imino groups (=NH), substituted imino groups (=NR 32 , where R 32 is an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group), an aliphatic group, an aromatic group and a heterocyclic group. However, the heterocyclic group does not have an acid group as a substituent.

上述式(iii)中,R4 、R5 及R6 分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵原子(例如,氟、氯、溴等)、碳原子數為1~6的烷基(例如,甲基、乙基、丙基等)、Z或L-Z。其中,L及Z的含義與上述中的L及Z相同。作為R4 、R5 及R6 ,氫原子或碳原子數為1~3的烷基為較佳,氫原子為更佳。In the above formula (iii), R 4 , R 5 and R 6 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (for example, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, etc.), an alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbon atoms (for example, methyl , ethyl, propyl, etc.), Z or LZ. Wherein, L and Z have the same meanings as L and Z in the above. R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom.

本發明中,作為以上述通式(i)表示之單體,R1 、R2 及R3 為氫原子或甲基、L為單鍵或伸烷基或者包含氧化烯結構之2價的連結基、X為氧原子或亞胺基、Z為脂肪族基、雜環基或芳香族基之化合物為較佳。 並且,作為以上述通式(ii)表示之單體,R1 為氫原子或甲基、L為伸烷基、Z為脂肪族基、雜環基或芳香族基之化合物為較佳。並且,作為以上述通式(iii)表示之單體,R4 、R5 及R6 為氫原子或甲基、Z為脂肪族基、雜環基或芳香族基之化合物為較佳。In the present invention, as the monomer represented by the above-mentioned general formula (i), R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are hydrogen atoms or methyl groups, and L is a single bond or an alkylene group or a divalent linkage including an oxyalkylene structure. group, X is an oxygen atom or an imine group, and Z is an aliphatic group, a heterocyclic group or an aromatic group are preferred. Also, as the monomer represented by the above general formula (ii), a compound wherein R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, L is an alkylene group, and Z is an aliphatic group, a heterocyclic group or an aromatic group is preferable. Furthermore, as the monomer represented by the above general formula (iii), compounds in which R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are hydrogen atoms or methyl groups, and Z is an aliphatic group, a heterocyclic group or an aromatic group are preferable.

作為以式(i)~(iii)表示之代表性化合物的例子,可舉出選自丙烯酸酯類、甲基丙烯酸酯類及苯乙烯類等之自由基聚合性化合物。 另外,作為以式(i)~(iii)表示之代表性化合物的例子,能夠參閱日本特開2013-249417號公報的段落0089~0093中記載之化合物,該些內容引入本說明書中。Examples of typical compounds represented by formulas (i) to (iii) include radically polymerizable compounds selected from acrylates, methacrylates, styrenes, and the like. In addition, as examples of typical compounds represented by formulas (i) to (iii), compounds described in paragraphs 0089 to 0093 of JP-A-2013-249417 can be referred to, and these contents are incorporated herein.

高分子化合物中,疏水性結構單元以質量換算,相對於高分子化合物的總質量,以10~90%的範圍包含為較佳,以20~80%的範圍包含為更佳。含量在上述範圍中可實現充分的圖案形成。In the polymer compound, the hydrophobic structural unit is preferably included in a range of 10 to 90%, and more preferably included in a range of 20 to 80%, in terms of mass relative to the total mass of the polymer compound. A content within the above range can achieve sufficient pattern formation.

高分子化合物能夠導入可與含氮化鈦粒子等顔料形成相互作用之官能基。其中,高分子化合物還包含具有可與含氮化鈦粒子等顔料形成相互作用之官能基之結構單元為較佳。 作為可與該含氮化鈦粒子等顏料形成相互作用之官能基,例如,可舉出酸基、鹼性基、配位性基及具有反應性之官能基等。 高分子化合物具有酸基、鹼性基、配位性基或具有反應性之官能基時,分別含有具有酸基之結構單元、具有鹼性基之結構單元、具有配位性基之結構單元或包含具有反應性之結構單元為較佳。 尤其,高分子化合物進一步具有羧酸基等鹼可溶性基作為酸基,藉此能夠對高分子化合物賦予用於基於鹼顯影之圖案形成的顯影性。 亦即,藉由向高分子化合物導入鹼可溶性基,本發明的組成物中,作為有助於含氮化鈦粒子等顏料的分散之分散劑的高分子化合物會具有鹼可溶性。含有該種高分子化合物之組成物成為曝光部的遮光性優異者,且未曝光部的鹼顯影性得到提高。 並且,藉由高分子化合物具有含有酸基之結構單元,高分子化合物變得易與溶劑整合且塗佈性亦提高之趨勢。 推測這是因為,具有酸基之結構單元中的酸基易與含氮化鈦粒子等顏料相互作用,高分子化合物使含氮化鈦粒子等顏料穩定地分散,並且使含氮化鈦粒子等顏料分散之高分子化合物的黏度變低,高分子化合物本身亦容易穩定地被分散。The polymer compound can introduce functional groups that can interact with pigments such as titanium nitride particles. Among them, it is preferable that the polymer compound further includes a structural unit having a functional group capable of forming an interaction with pigments such as titanium nitride-containing particles. Examples of functional groups that can interact with pigments such as titanium nitride-containing particles include acid groups, basic groups, coordinating groups, and reactive functional groups. When the polymer compound has an acid group, a basic group, a coordinating group or a reactive functional group, it contains respectively a structural unit with an acidic group, a structural unit with a basic group, a structural unit with a coordinating group or It is preferred to contain reactive structural units. In particular, the polymer compound further has an alkali-soluble group such as a carboxylic acid group as an acid group, whereby developability for pattern formation by alkali image development can be imparted to the polymer compound. That is, by introducing an alkali-soluble group into the polymer compound, in the composition of the present invention, the polymer compound serving as a dispersant that contributes to the dispersion of pigments such as titanium nitride particles has alkali solubility. A composition containing such a polymer compound has excellent light-shielding properties in exposed areas, and improves alkali developability in unexposed areas. In addition, since the polymer compound has a structural unit containing an acid group, the polymer compound tends to be easily integrated with a solvent and coatability is also improved. It is speculated that this is because the acid group in the structural unit having an acid group is easy to interact with pigments such as titanium nitride particles, and the polymer compound can stably disperse pigments such as titanium nitride particles and make titanium nitride particles and the like The viscosity of the pigment-dispersed polymer compound becomes lower, and the polymer compound itself is easily and stably dispersed.

其中,具有作為酸基的鹼可溶性基之結構單元可以係與上述之具有接枝鏈之結構單元相同的結構單元,亦可以係不同的結構單元,但具有作為酸基的鹼可溶性基之結構單元係與上述之疏水性結構單元不同的結構單元(亦即,並不相當於上述疏水性結構單元)。Wherein, the structural unit having an alkali-soluble group as an acidic group can be the same structural unit as the above-mentioned structural unit having a grafted chain, or a different structural unit, but the structural unit having an alkali-soluble group as an acidic group It is a structural unit different from the above-mentioned hydrophobic structural unit (that is, it does not correspond to the above-mentioned hydrophobic structural unit).

作為可與含氮化鈦粒子等顏料形成相互作用之官能基亦即酸基,例如有羧酸基、磺酸基、磷酸基或酚性羥基等,羧酸基、磺酸基及磷酸基中的至少1種為較佳,針對含氮化鈦粒子等顏料的吸附力良好且著色顏料的分散性較高之角度考慮,羧酸基尤為佳。 亦即,高分子化合物還包含具有羧酸基、磺酸基及磷酸基中的至少1種之結構單元為較佳。Functional groups that can interact with pigments such as titanium nitride particles, that is, acid groups, include, for example, carboxylic acid groups, sulfonic acid groups, phosphoric acid groups, or phenolic hydroxyl groups. Among the carboxylic acid groups, sulfonic acid groups, and phosphoric acid groups At least one of these is preferred, and a carboxylic acid group is particularly preferred in terms of good adsorption force of pigments such as titanium nitride-containing particles and high dispersibility of colored pigments. That is, the polymer compound preferably further includes a structural unit having at least one of a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phosphoric acid group.

高分子化合物可具有1種或2種以上的具有酸基之結構單元。 高分子化合物可含有具有酸基之結構單元,亦可不含有,但含有時,具有酸基之結構單元的含量以質量換算,相對於高分子化合物的總質量,5~80%為較佳,從抑制基於鹼顯影之圖像強度的損傷之觀點考慮,10~60%為更佳。The polymer compound may have one or more structural units having acid groups. The polymer compound may or may not contain structural units with acid groups, but when it does, the content of structural units with acid groups is preferably 5 to 80% relative to the total mass of the polymer compound in terms of mass, ranging from 10 to 60% is more preferable from a viewpoint of suppressing the damage of the image strength by alkali image development.

作為可與含氮化鈦粒子等顏料形成相互作用之官能基亦即鹼性基,例如有第1級胺基、第2級胺基、第3級胺基、包含N原子之雜環及醯胺基等,從針對含氮化鈦粒子等顏料的吸附力良好且顏料的分散性較高之角度考慮,第3級胺基為較佳。高分子化合物能夠具有1種或2種以上的該些鹼性基。 高分子化合物可含有具有鹼性基之結構單元,亦可不含有,含有時,具有鹼性基之結構單元的含量以質量換算,相對於高分子化合物的總質量,0.01%以上且50%以下為較佳,從抑制阻礙顯影性之觀點考慮,0.01%以上且30%以下為更佳。As functional groups that can interact with pigments such as titanium nitride particles, that is, basic groups, there are, for example, primary amine groups, secondary amine groups, tertiary amine groups, heterocyclic rings containing N atoms, and acyl groups. Amino groups and the like, the third grade amine groups are preferable from the viewpoint of good adsorption force to pigments such as titanium nitride-containing particles and high pigment dispersibility. A polymer compound can have 1 type, or 2 or more types of these basic groups. A polymer compound may or may not contain a structural unit with a basic group. When it does, the content of the structural unit with a basic group is calculated by mass, and relative to the total mass of the polymer compound, it is 0.01% or more and 50% or less. Preferably, it is more preferably 0.01% or more and 30% or less from the viewpoint of suppressing development hindrance.

作為可與含氮化鈦粒子等顏料形成相互作用之官能基亦即配位性基及具有反應性之官能基,例如可舉出乙醯乙醯氧基、三烷氧基甲矽烷基、異氰酸酯基、酸酐及醯氯等。從針對含氮化鈦粒子等顏料的吸附力良好且顏料的分散性較高之角度考慮,乙醯乙醯氧基為較佳。高分子化合物可具有1種或2種以上的該些基團。 高分子化合物可含有具有配位性基之結構單元或具有反應性之官能基,亦可不含有,但含有時,該些結構單元的含量以質量換算,相對於高分子化合物的總質量,10%以上且80%以下為較佳,從抑制阻礙顯影性之觀點考慮,20%以上且60%以下為更佳。Examples of functional groups that can interact with pigments such as titanium nitride particles, that is, coordinating groups, and reactive functional groups include acetoacetyloxy groups, trialkoxysilyl groups, and isocyanate groups. base, acid anhydride and acid chloride, etc. Acetyl acetyloxy is preferable in terms of good adsorption force to pigments such as titanium nitride-containing particles and high pigment dispersibility. A polymer compound may have 1 type or 2 or more types of these groups. A polymer compound may contain a structural unit with a coordinating group or a reactive functional group, or may not contain it, but when it is contained, the content of these structural units is calculated by mass, relative to the total mass of the polymer compound, 10% It is preferably 80% or more, and more preferably 20% or more and 60% or less from the viewpoint of suppressing development hindrance.

本發明中的高分子化合物除了接枝鏈以外還具有可與含氮化鈦粒子等顏料形成相互作用之官能基時,含有如上述之各種可與含氮化鈦粒子等顏料形成相互作用之官能基即可,並不特別限定該些官能基如何被導入,但高分子化合物具有選自源自以下述通式(iv)~(vi)表示之單體的結構單元之1種以上的結構單元為較佳。When the polymer compound in the present invention has a functional group that can interact with pigments such as titanium nitride particles in addition to the graft chain, it contains various functional groups that can interact with pigments such as titanium nitride particles as described above. It is not particularly limited how these functional groups are introduced, but the polymer compound has one or more structural units selected from structural units derived from monomers represented by the following general formulas (iv) to (vi) is better.

[化學式6]

Figure 02_image011
[chemical formula 6]
Figure 02_image011

通式(iv)~通式(vi)中,R11 、R12 及R13 分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵原子(例如,氟原子、氯原子、溴原子等)或碳原子數為1~6的烷基(例如,甲基、乙基、丙基等)。 通式(iv)~通式(vi)中,R11 、R12 及R13 分別獨立地為氫原子或碳原子數為1~3的烷基為較佳,分別獨立地為氫原子或甲基為更佳。通式(iv)中,R12 及R13 分別為氫原子尤為佳。In general formula (iv) to general formula (vi), R 11 , R 12 and R 13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, etc.) or a carbon atom number of 1 to 6 alkyl (for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, etc.). In general formula (iv) to general formula (vi), R 11 , R 12 and R 13 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group with 1 to 3 carbon atoms, preferably, each independently a hydrogen atom or a base is better. In the general formula (iv), R 12 and R 13 are particularly preferably hydrogen atoms.

通式(iv)中的X1 表示氧原子(-O-)或亞胺基(-NH-),氧原子為較佳。 並且,通式(v)中的Y表示次甲基或氮原子。X 1 in the general formula (iv) represents an oxygen atom (-O-) or an imino group (-NH-), preferably an oxygen atom. In addition, Y in the general formula (v) represents a methine group or a nitrogen atom.

並且,通式(iv)~通式(v)中的L1 表示單鍵或2價的連結基。作為2價的連結基的例子,可舉出2價的脂肪族基(例如,伸烷基、取代伸烷基、伸烯基、取代伸烯基、伸炔基及取代伸炔基)、2價的芳香族基(例如,伸芳基及取代伸芳基)、2價的雜環基、氧原子(-O-)、硫原子(-S-)、亞胺基(-NH-)、取代亞胺鍵(-NR31 ’-,其中,R31 ’為脂肪族基、芳香族基或雜環基)、羰鍵(-CO-)及該些的組合等。In addition, L 1 in the general formulas (iv) to (v) represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include divalent aliphatic groups (for example, alkylene, substituted alkylene, alkenylene, substituted alkenylene, alkynylene, and substituted alkynylene), 2 Valence aromatic group (for example, aryl and substituted aryl), divalent heterocyclic group, oxygen atom (-O-), sulfur atom (-S-), imino group (-NH-), Substituted imine bond (-NR 31 '-, wherein, R 31 ' is aliphatic group, aromatic group or heterocyclic group), carbonyl bond (-CO-) and combinations thereof, etc.

2價的脂肪族基可具有環狀結構或分支結構。脂肪族基的碳原子數為1~20為較佳,1~15為更佳,1~10為進一步較佳。與不飽和脂肪族基相比,脂肪族基為飽和脂肪族基為較佳。並且,脂肪族基可具有取代基。作為取代基的例子,可舉出鹵原子、羥基、芳香族基及雜環基。A divalent aliphatic group may have a cyclic structure or a branched structure. The number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic group is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-15, and still more preferably 1-10. The aliphatic group is preferably a saturated aliphatic group rather than an unsaturated aliphatic group. Also, the aliphatic group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, aromatic groups and heterocyclic groups.

2價的芳香族基的碳原子數為6~20為較佳,6~15為更佳,6~10為最佳。並且,芳香族基可具有取代基。取代基的例子可舉出鹵原子、羥基、脂肪族基、芳香族基及雜環基。The number of carbon atoms in the divalent aromatic group is preferably 6-20, more preferably 6-15, and most preferably 6-10. In addition, the aromatic group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, aliphatic groups, aromatic groups and heterocyclic groups.

2價的雜環基作為雜環具有5員環或6員環為較佳。雜環中可縮合有其他雜環、脂肪族環或芳香族環中的1個以上。並且,雜環基可具有取代基。作為取代基的例子,可舉出鹵原子、羥基、氧代基(=O)、硫代基(=S)、亞胺基(=NH)、取代亞胺基(=N-R32 ,其中,R32 為脂肪族基、芳香族基或雜環基)、脂肪族基、芳香族基及雜環基。The divalent heterocyclic group preferably has a 5-membered or 6-membered ring as the heterocyclic ring. One or more of other heterocyclic rings, aliphatic rings, or aromatic rings may be condensed in the heterocyclic ring. Also, the heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, oxo groups (=O), thioxo groups (=S), imino groups (=NH), substituted imino groups (=NR 32 , where R 32 is an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group), an aliphatic group, an aromatic group and a heterocyclic group.

L1 係單鍵、伸烷基或包含氧化烯結構之2價的連結基為較佳。氧化烯結構係氧乙烯結構或氧丙烯結構為更佳。並且,L1 可包含重複包含2個以上的氧化烯結構之聚氧化烯結構。作為聚氧化烯結構,聚氧乙烯結構或聚氧丙烯結構為較佳。聚氧乙烯結構以-(OCH2 CH2 )n-表示,n為2以上的整數為較佳,2~10的整數為更佳。It is preferable that L 1 is a single bond, an alkylene group, or a divalent linking group including an oxyalkylene structure. The oxyalkylene structure is more preferably an oxyethylene structure or an oxypropylene structure. In addition, L1 may contain a polyoxyalkylene structure repeatedly including two or more oxyalkylene structures. As the polyoxyalkylene structure, a polyoxyethylene structure or a polyoxypropylene structure is preferable. The polyoxyethylene structure is represented by -(OCH 2 CH 2 )n-, and n is preferably an integer of 2 or more, more preferably an integer of 2-10.

通式(iv)~通式(vi)中,Z1 表示接枝鏈以外可與含氮化鈦粒子等顏料形成相互作用之官能基,羧酸基及第三級胺基為較佳,羧酸基為更佳。In general formula (iv) to general formula (vi), Z 1 represents a functional group other than the grafted chain that can interact with pigments such as titanium nitride particles. Carboxylic acid groups and tertiary amino groups are preferred. Carboxylic acid groups Acid groups are more preferred.

通式(vi)中,R14 、R15 及R16 分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵原子(例如,氟原子、氯原子、溴原子等)、碳原子數為1~6的烷基(例如,甲基、乙基及丙基等)、-Z1 或L1 -Z1 。其中,L1 及Z1 的含義與上述中的L1 及Z1 相同,較佳例亦相同。作為R14 、R15 及R16 ,分別獨立地為氫原子、或碳原子數為1~3的烷基為較佳,氫原子為更佳。In the general formula (vi), R 14 , R 15 and R 16 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, etc.), an alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbon atoms (such as , methyl, ethyl and propyl, etc.), -Z 1 or L 1 -Z 1 . Wherein, the meanings of L1 and Z1 are the same as those of L1 and Z1 mentioned above, and the preferred examples are also the same. R 14 , R 15 and R 16 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom.

本發明中,作為以通式(iv)表示之單體,R11 、R12 及R13 分別獨立地為氫原子或甲基、L1 為伸烷基或包含氧化烯結構之2價的連結基、X1 為氧原子或亞胺基、Z1 為羧酸基之化合物為較佳。 並且,作為以通式(v)表示之單體,R11 為氫原子或甲基、L1 為伸烷基、Z1 為羧酸基、Y為次甲基之化合物為較佳。 而且,作為以通式(vi)表示之單體,R14 、R15 及R16 分別獨立地為氫原子或甲基、L1 為單鍵或伸烷基、Z為羧酸基之化合物為較佳。In the present invention, as a monomer represented by the general formula (iv), R 11 , R 12 and R 13 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and L 1 is an alkylene group or a divalent link including an alkylene oxide structure. Group, X 1 is an oxygen atom or an imine group, and Z 1 is a compound of a carboxylic acid group is preferred. Furthermore, as the monomer represented by the general formula (v), a compound wherein R 11 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, L 1 is an alkylene group, Z 1 is a carboxylic acid group, and Y is a methine group is preferable. Furthermore, as a monomer represented by the general formula (vi), R 14 , R 15 and R 16 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, L 1 is a single bond or an alkylene group, and Z is a compound of a carboxylic acid group. better.

以下,示出以通式(iv)~通式(vi)表示之單體(化合物)的代表例。 作為單體的例子,可舉出甲基丙烯酸、巴豆酸、異巴豆酸、分子內具有加成聚合性雙鍵及羥基之化合物(例如,甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙基)與琥珀酸酐的反應物、分子內具有加成聚合性雙鍵及羥基之化合物與鄰苯二甲酸酐的反應物、分子內具有加成聚合性雙鍵及羥基之化合物與四羥基鄰苯二甲酸酐的反應物、分子內具有加成聚合性雙鍵及羥基之化合物與偏苯三酸酐的反應物、分子內具有加成聚合性雙鍵及羥基之化合物與均苯四甲酸酐的反應物、丙烯酸、丙烯酸二聚物、丙烯酸寡聚物、馬來酸、伊康酸、反丁烯二酸、4-乙烯基安息香酸、乙烯基苯酚及4-羥基苯甲基丙烯醯等。Representative examples of monomers (compounds) represented by the general formulas (iv) to (vi) are shown below. Examples of monomers include reactions of methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, compounds having addition-polymerizable double bonds and hydroxyl groups in the molecule (for example, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate) and succinic anhydride Products, reactants of compounds having addition polymerizable double bonds and hydroxyl groups in the molecule and phthalic anhydride, reactants of compounds having addition polymerizable double bonds and hydroxyl groups in the molecule and tetrahydroxyphthalic anhydride, Reactants of compounds having addition polymerizable double bonds and hydroxyl groups in the molecule with trimellitic anhydride, reactants of compounds having addition polymerizable double bonds and hydroxyl groups in the molecule and pyromellitic anhydride, acrylic acid, acrylic acid dimer, acrylic acid Oligomers, maleic acid, itaconic acid, fumaric acid, 4-vinylbenzoic acid, vinylphenol and 4-hydroxybenzyl acrylic acid, etc.

從與含氮化鈦粒子等顏料的相互作用、分散穩定性及向顯影液的浸透性的觀點考慮,具有可與含氮化鈦粒子等顏料形成相互作用之官能基之結構單元的含量相對於高分子化合物的總質量,0.05質量%~90質量%為較佳,1.0質量%~80質量%為更佳,10質量%~70質量%為進一步較佳。From the viewpoint of interaction with pigments such as titanium nitride-containing particles, dispersion stability, and penetrability to developing solutions, the content of structural units having functional groups that can interact with pigments such as titanium nitride-containing particles is relative to The total mass of the polymer compound is preferably 0.05% by mass to 90% by mass, more preferably 1.0% by mass to 80% by mass, and still more preferably 10% by mass to 70% by mass.

而且,為了提高圖像強度等各種性能,高分子化合物可在無損本發明的效果之前提下,進一步含有與具有接枝鏈之結構單元、疏水性結構單元及具有可與含氮化鈦粒子等顏料形成相互作用之官能基之結構單元不同之、具有各種功能之其他結構單元(例如,具有與用於分散物之分散介質具有親和性之官能基等之結構單元)。 作為該種其他結構單元,例如可舉出源自選自丙烯腈類及甲基丙烯腈類等之自由基聚合性化合物的結構單元。 高分子化合物能夠使用1種或者2種以上的該些其他結構單元,其含量以質量換算,相對於高分子化合物的總質量,0%以上且80%以下為較佳,10%以上且60%以下尤為佳。含量在上述範圍內可維持充分的圖案形成性。Moreover, in order to improve various properties such as image strength, the polymer compound may further contain a structural unit with a grafted chain, a hydrophobic structural unit, and a structure unit with a titanium nitride-containing particle, etc., without impairing the effect of the present invention. The structural unit that forms the functional group that interacts with the pigment is different from other structural units that have various functions (for example, a structural unit that has a functional group that has an affinity with the dispersion medium used for the dispersion, etc.). Examples of such other structural units include structural units derived from radically polymerizable compounds selected from acrylonitriles, methacrylonitriles, and the like. A polymer compound can use one or more than two types of these other structural units, and its content is calculated by mass. Relative to the total mass of the polymer compound, it is preferably more than 0% and less than 80%, and more than 10% and 60% The following are particularly preferred. When the content is within the above range, sufficient pattern formability can be maintained.

高分子化合物的酸值為0mgKOH/g以上且160mgKOH/g以下的範圍為較佳,10mgKOH/g以上且140mgKOH/g以下的範圍為更佳,20mgKOH/g以上且120mgKOH/g以下的範圍進一步較佳。 若高分子化合物的酸值為160mgKOH/g以下,則更有效地抑制形成硬化膜時的顯影中的圖案剥離。並且,若高分子化合物的酸值為10mgKOH/g以上,則鹼顯影性更加良好。並且,若高分子化合物的酸值為20mgKOH/g以上,則能夠更加抑制含氮化鈦粒子等顏料的沉澱,能夠使粗大粒子數更少,能夠更加提高組成物的經時穩定性。The acid value of the polymer compound is preferably in the range of 0 mgKOH/g to 160 mgKOH/g, more preferably in the range of 10 mgKOH/g to 140 mgKOH/g, and more preferably in the range of 20 mgKOH/g to 120 mgKOH/g. good. When the acid value of a polymer compound is 160 mgKOH/g or less, pattern peeling in image development at the time of forming a cured film will be suppressed more effectively. Moreover, alkali developability will become more favorable as the acid value of a polymer compound is 10 mgKOH/g or more. In addition, when the acid value of the polymer compound is 20 mgKOH/g or more, precipitation of pigments such as titanium nitride-containing particles can be further suppressed, the number of coarse particles can be reduced, and the stability of the composition over time can be further improved.

本發明中,高分子化合物的酸值例如能夠由高分子化合物中的酸基的平均含量計算。並且,能夠藉由改變含有高分子化合物的構成成份亦即酸基之結構單元的含量來獲得具有所希望的酸值之樹脂。In the present invention, the acid value of the polymer compound can be calculated, for example, from the average content of acid groups in the polymer compound. Furthermore, a resin having a desired acid value can be obtained by changing the content of the structural unit containing the acid group, which is a constituent component of the polymer compound.

形成硬化膜時,從顯影時的圖案剥離的抑制和顯影性的觀點考慮,本發明中的高分子化合物的重量平均分子量作為基於GPC(凝膠滲透層析法)法之聚苯乙烯換算值,4,000以上且300,000以下為較佳,5,000以上且200,000以下為更佳,6,000以上且100,000以下進一步較佳,10,000以上且50,000以下尤為佳。 GPC法基於如下方法,亦即,利用HLC-8020GPC(TOSOH CORPORATION.製造),作為管柱使用TSKgel SuperHZM-H、TSKgel SuperHZ4000、TSKgel SuperHZ2000(TOSOH CORPORATION製造、4.6mmID×15cm),作為溶離液使用THF(四氫呋喃)。When forming a cured film, the weight average molecular weight of the polymer compound in the present invention is a polystyrene-equivalent value based on the GPC (gel permeation chromatography) method from the viewpoint of pattern peeling suppression and developability during development, It is preferably from 4,000 to 300,000, more preferably from 5,000 to 200,000, still more preferably from 6,000 to 100,000, and particularly preferably from 10,000 to 50,000. The GPC method is based on a method using HLC-8020GPC (manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION.), using TSKgel SuperHZM-H, TSKgel SuperHZ4000, TSKgel SuperHZ2000 (manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION, 4.6mmID×15cm) as a column, and using THF as an eluent. (tetrahydrofuran).

高分子化合物能夠依公知的方法合成,作為合成高分子化合物時使用之溶劑,例如可舉出二氯乙烷、環己酮、甲乙酮、丙酮、甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、丁醇、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、2-甲氧基乙基乙酸酯、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇、1-甲氧基-2-乙酸丙酯、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、二甲基亞碸、甲苯、乙酸乙酯、乳酸甲酯及乳酸乙酯等。該些溶劑可單獨使用亦可混合2種以上來使用。High molecular compounds can be synthesized according to known methods. Examples of solvents used in the synthesis of high molecular compounds include dichloroethane, cyclohexanone, methyl ethyl ketone, acetone, methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, ethylene glycol Monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, 2-methoxyethyl acetate, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 1-methoxy-2-propyl acetate, N,N-dimethyl Methyl formamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, dimethylsulfide, toluene, ethyl acetate, methyl lactate and ethyl lactate, etc. These solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作為可在本發明中使用之高分子化合物的具體例,可舉出Kusumoto Chemicals, Ltd.製造“DA-7301”、BYK Chemie公司製造“Disperbyk-101(聚醯胺胺磷酸鹽)、107(羧酸酯)、110(包含酸基之共聚物)、111(磷酸系分散劑)、130(聚醯胺)、161、162、163、164、165、166、170、190(高分子共聚物)”、“BYK-P104、P105(高分子量不飽和聚羧酸)”、EFKA公司製造“EFKA4047、4050~4010~4165(聚氨酯系)、EFKA4330~4340(嵌段共聚物)、4400~4402(改性聚丙烯酸酯)、5010(聚醯胺酯)、5765(高分子量聚羧酸鹽)、6220(脂肪酸聚酯)、6745(酞菁衍生物)、6750(偶氮顏料衍生物)”、Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co.,Inc.製造“AJISPER PB821、PB822、PB880、PB881”、KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co.,LTD製造“Floren TG-710(氨酯低聚物)”、“Polyflow No.50E、No.300(丙烯酸系共聚物)”、Kusumoto Chemicals, Ltd.製造“Disparlon KS-860、873SN、874、#2150(脂肪族多元羧酸)、#7004(聚醚酯)、DA-703-50、DA-705、DA-725”、Kao Corporation製造“DEMOL RN、N(萘磺酸福爾馬林縮聚物)、MS、C、SN-B(芳香族磺酸福爾馬林縮聚物)”、“Homogenol L-18(高分子聚羧酸)”、“EMULGEN 920、930、935、985(聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚)”、“ACETAMIN 86(硬脂胺醋酸鹽)”、The Lubrinzol Corporatin製造“SOLSPERSE 5000(酞菁衍生物)、22000(偶氮顏料衍生物)、13240(聚酯胺)、3000、12000、17000、20000、27000(在末端部具有功能部之高分子)、24000、28000、32000、38500(接枝共聚物)”、Nikko Chemicals Co.,Ltd.製造“Nikkor T106(聚氧乙烯山梨醇單油酸酯)、MYS-IEX(聚氧乙烯單硬脂酸酯)”、Kawaken Fine Chemicals Co.,Ltd.製造Hinoakuto T-8000E等、Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製造聚有機基團矽氧烷聚合物KP341、Yusho Co Ltd製造“W001:陽離子系界面活性劑”、聚氧乙烯月桂基醚、聚氧乙烯硬脂醚、聚氧乙烯油基醚、聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、脫水山梨醇脂肪酸酯等非離子系界面活性劑、“W004、W005、W017”等陰離子系界面活性劑、MORISHITA & CO., LTD.製造“EFKA-46、EFKA-47、EFKA-47EA、EFKA聚合物100、EFKA聚合物400、EFKA聚合物401、EFKA聚合物450”、SAN NOPCO LIMITED製造“Disperse Aid 6、Disperse Aid 8、Disperse Aid 15、Disperse Aid 9100”等高分子分散劑、ADEKA CORPORATION製造“Adeka Pluronic L31、F38、L42、L44、L61、L64、F68、L72、P95、F77、P84、F87、P94、L101、P103、F108、L121、P-123”及Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd.製造“Ionet (商品名)S-20”等。並且,還可使用Acrylicbase FFS-6752、Acrylicbase FFS-187、Akurikyua-RD-F8及Cyclomer P。 並且,作為兩性樹脂的市售品,例如可舉出BYK Additives&Instruments製造的DISPERBYK-130、DISPERBYK-140、DISPERBYK-142、DISPERBYK-145、DISPERBYK-180、DISPERBYK-187、DISPERBYK-191、DISPERBYK-2001、DISPERBYK-2010、DISPERBYK-2012、DISPERBYK-2025、BYK-9076、Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co.,Inc.製造的AJISPER PB821、AJISPER PB822及AJISPER PB881等。 該些高分子化合物可單獨使用,亦可組合2種以上來使用。Specific examples of polymer compounds that can be used in the present invention include "DA-7301" manufactured by Kusumoto Chemicals, Ltd., "Disperbyk-101" (polyamide amine phosphate) manufactured by BYK Chemie, 107 (carboxy ester), 110 (copolymer containing acid groups), 111 (phosphate-based dispersant), 130 (polyamide), 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 170, 190 (polymer copolymer) ", "BYK-P104, P105 (high molecular weight unsaturated polycarboxylic acid)", manufactured by EFKA "EFKA4047, 4050-4010-4165 (polyurethane), EFKA4330-4340 (block copolymer), 4400-4402 (modified Polyacrylate), 5010 (polyamide ester), 5765 (high molecular weight polycarboxylate), 6220 (fatty acid polyester), 6745 (phthalocyanine derivative), 6750 (azo pigment derivative)", Ajinomoto "AJISPER PB821, PB822, PB880, PB881" manufactured by Fine-Techno Co., Inc., "Floren TG-710 (urethane oligomer)" manufactured by KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co., LTD, "Polyflow No.50E, No.300 (acrylic copolymer)", manufactured by Kusumoto Chemicals, Ltd. "Disparlon KS-860, 873SN, 874, #2150 (aliphatic polycarboxylic acid), #7004 (polyether ester), DA-703-50, DA- 705, DA-725”, Kao Corporation’s “DEMOL RN, N (naphthalenesulfonic acid formalin polycondensate), MS, C, SN-B (aromatic sulfonic acid formalin polycondensate)”, “Homogenol L-18 (polymeric polycarboxylic acid)", "EMULGEN 920, 930, 935, 985 (polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether)", "ACETAMIN 86 (stearylamine acetate)", manufactured by The Lubrinzol Corporation" SOLSPERSE 5000 (phthalocyanine derivatives), 22000 (azo pigment derivatives), 13240 (polyesteramine), 3000, 12000, 17000, 20000, 27000 (polymers with functional parts at the end), 24000, 28000, 32000, 38500 (graft copolymer)", Nikko Chemicals Co., Ltd. "Nikkor T106 (polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate), MYS-IEX (polyoxyethylene monostearate)", Kawaken Fine Chemicals Co., Ltd. manufactures Hinoakuto T-8000E, etc., Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. manufactures polyorganosiloxane polymer KP341, Yusho Co Ltd manufactures "W001: Cationic Surfactant", poly Oxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol Nonionic surfactants such as alcohol distearate and sorbitan fatty acid ester, anionic surfactants such as "W004, W005, W017", "EFKA-46, EFKA- 47. EFKA-47EA, EFKA Polymer 100, EFKA Polymer 400, EFKA Polymer 401, EFKA Polymer 450", "Disperse Aid 6, Disperse Aid 8, Disperse Aid 15, Disperse Aid 9100" manufactured by SAN NOPCO LIMITED Molecular dispersant, "Adeka Pluronic L31, F38, L42, L44, L61, L64, F68, L72, P95, F77, P84, F87, P94, L101, P103, F108, L121, P-123" manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION and Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd. manufactures "Ionet (trade name) S-20" and the like. Furthermore, Acrylicbase FFS-6752, Acrylicbase FFS-187, Akurikyua-RD-F8, and Cyclomer P can also be used. In addition, examples of commercially available amphoteric resins include DISPERBYK-130, DISPERBYK-140, DISPERBYK-142, DISPERBYK-145, DISPERBYK-180, DISPERBYK-187, DISPERBYK-191, DISPERBYK-2001 manufactured by BYK Additives & Instruments, DISPERBYK-2010, DISPERBYK-2012, DISPERBYK-2025, BYK-9076, AJISPER PB821, AJISPER PB822, AJISPER PB881 manufactured by Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co., Inc., etc. These polymer compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

另外,作為高分子化合物的具體例的例子,能夠參閱日本特開2013-249417號公報的段落0127~0129中記載之高分子化合物,該些內容引入本說明書中。In addition, as examples of specific examples of the polymer compound, polymer compounds described in paragraphs 0127 to 0129 of JP-A-2013-249417 can be referred to, and these contents are incorporated in the present specification.

並且,作為分散劑,除了上述之高分子化合物以外,還能夠使用日本特開2010-106268號公報的段落0037~0115(對應之US2011/0124824的段落0075~0133欄)的接枝共聚物,該些內容能夠援用並引入本說明書中。 並且,上述以外,還能夠使用日本特開2011-153283號公報的段落0028~0084(對應之US2011/0279759的段落0075~0133欄)的包含具有酸性基經由連結基鍵結而成之側鏈結構之構成成份之高分子化合物,該些內容能夠援用並引入本說明書中。In addition, as a dispersant, in addition to the above polymer compounds, graft copolymers of paragraphs 0037 to 0115 of JP-A-2010-106268 (corresponding to paragraphs 0075 to 0133 of US2011/0124824) can also be used. These contents can be cited and incorporated into this specification. In addition to the above, it is also possible to use the structure including side chains having acidic groups bonded through linking groups in paragraphs 0028 to 0084 of JP-A-2011-153283 (corresponding to columns 0075 to 0133 of US2011/0279759). The composition of the polymer compound, these contents can be cited and incorporated into this specification.

組成物含有分散劑時,分散劑的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分,0.1~50質量%為較佳,0.5~30質量%為更佳。 分散劑可單獨使用1種,亦可倂用2種以上。倂用2種以上時,總計量成為上述範圍為較佳。When the composition contains a dispersant, the content of the dispersant is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 30% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition. The dispersants may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that the total amount becomes the said range.

<黏結樹脂> 本發明的組成物含有黏結樹脂為較佳。 作為黏結樹脂,使用線狀有機聚合物為較佳。作為該種線狀有機聚合物,能夠任意地使用公知者。為了實現水顯影或弱鹼性水顯影,選擇對水或弱鹼性水為可溶性或膨潤性之線狀有機聚合物為較佳。其中,作為黏結樹脂,鹼可溶性樹脂(具有促進鹼可溶性之基團之樹脂)尤為佳。 作為黏結樹脂,能夠從線狀有機聚合物且分子(較佳地為以(甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物或苯乙烯系共聚物為主鏈之分子)中具有至少1個促進鹼可溶性之基團之鹼可溶性樹脂中適當選擇。從耐熱性的觀點考慮,聚羥基苯乙烯系樹脂、聚矽氧烷系樹脂、(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂、(甲基)丙烯醯胺系樹脂、(甲基)丙烯酸/(甲基)丙烯醯胺共聚物樹脂為較佳,從顯影性控制的觀點考慮,(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂、(甲基)丙烯醯胺系樹脂、(甲基)丙烯酸/(甲基)丙烯醯胺共聚物樹脂為較佳。 作為促進鹼可溶性之基團(以下,還稱作酸基),例如,可舉出羧基、磷酸基、磺酸基及酚性羥基等。其中,可溶於有機溶劑且能夠藉由弱鹼性水溶液顯影者為較佳,作為更佳者,可舉出具有源自(甲基)丙烯酸的結構單元之鹼可溶性樹脂。該些酸基可以係僅為1種,亦可以係2種以上。<Binder resin> It is preferable that the composition of this invention contains a binder resin. As the binder resin, it is preferable to use a linear organic polymer. As such a linear organic polymer, known ones can be used arbitrarily. In order to realize water development or weak alkaline water development, it is better to choose a linear organic polymer that is soluble or swellable in water or weak alkaline water. Among them, an alkali-soluble resin (resin having a group that promotes alkali solubility) is particularly preferable as the binder resin. As a binder resin, it can be obtained from a linear organic polymer and has at least one group that promotes alkali solubility in the molecule (preferably a molecule with a (meth)acrylic copolymer or a styrene copolymer as the main chain) Appropriate selection among alkali soluble resins. From the viewpoint of heat resistance, polyhydroxystyrene resins, polysiloxane resins, (meth)acrylic resins, (meth)acrylamide resins, (meth)acrylic/(meth)acryl Amine copolymer resins are preferred, and from the viewpoint of developability control, (meth)acrylic resins, (meth)acrylamide-based resins, and (meth)acrylic acid/(meth)acrylamide copolymer resins are better. Examples of the alkali-solubility-promoting group (hereinafter also referred to as an acidic group) include, for example, a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phenolic hydroxyl group. Among them, those that are soluble in an organic solvent and can be developed by a weak alkaline aqueous solution are preferable, and more preferable ones include alkali-soluble resins having a structural unit derived from (meth)acrylic acid. These acid groups may be only one type, or may be two or more types.

作為黏結樹脂,例如,可舉出在側鏈具有羧酸基之自由基聚合物、例如日本特開昭59-44615號、日本特公昭54-34327號、日本特公昭58-12577號、日本特公昭54-25957號、日本特開昭54-92723號、日本特開昭59-53836號及日本特開昭59-71048號中記載者,亦即,具有羧基之單體單獨或使其共聚之樹脂、具有酸酐之單體單獨或使其共聚並且對酸酐單元進行水解或半酯化或半醯胺化之樹脂及藉由不飽和單羧酸及酸酐對環氧樹脂進行改性之環氧丙烯酸酯等。作為具有羧基之單體的例子,可舉出丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、衣康酸、巴豆酸、馬來酸、富马酸及4-羧基苯乙烯等,作為具有酸酐之單體的例子,可舉出馬來酸酐等。並且,亦可舉出同樣在側鏈具有羧酸基之酸性纖維素衍生物為例。此外,對具有羥基之聚合物加成環狀酸酐者等較有用。 並且,歐洲專利第993966號、歐洲專利第1204000號及日本特開2001-318463號等各公報中記載之具有酸基之縮醛改性聚乙烯醇系黏結樹脂的膜強度及顯影性的平衡優異,為較佳。 而且,作為水溶性線狀有機聚合物,聚乙烯吡咯烷酮或聚環氧乙烷等較有用。並且,為了提高硬化皮膜的強度,醇溶性尼龍及2,2-雙-(4-羥苯基)-丙烷與環氧氯丙烷的反應物亦即聚醚等亦有用。As the binder resin, for example, a radical polymer having a carboxylic acid group in a side chain, such as Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 59-44615, Japanese Patent Publication No. 54-34327, Japanese Patent Publication No. 58-12577, Japanese Patent Publication No. Publicly disclosed No. 54-25957, JP-A-54-92723, JP-A-59-53836 and JP-A-59-71048, that is, monomers having carboxyl groups alone or copolymerized Resins, monomers with acid anhydrides alone or copolymerized and hydrolyzed or half-esterified or half-amidated resins and epoxy acrylics modified by unsaturated monocarboxylic acids and acid anhydrides Esters etc. Examples of monomers having carboxyl groups include acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, and 4-carboxystyrene. Examples of monomers having acid anhydrides include Maleic anhydride etc. are mentioned. In addition, an acidic cellulose derivative having a carboxylic acid group in a side chain can also be cited as an example. In addition, it is useful to add a cyclic acid anhydride to a polymer having a hydroxyl group. In addition, the acetal-modified polyvinyl alcohol-based adhesive resin having an acid group described in the publications of European Patent No. 993966, European Patent No. 1204000, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-318463 has an excellent balance between film strength and developability. , is better. Furthermore, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyethylene oxide, and the like are useful as the water-soluble linear organic polymer. In addition, in order to increase the strength of the cured film, alcohol-soluble nylon and polyether, which is a reaction product of 2,2-bis-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-propane and epichlorohydrin, are also useful.

尤其,該些中,〔苄基(甲基)丙烯酸酯/(甲基)丙烯酸/依據需要為其他加成聚合性乙烯單體〕共聚物及〔(甲基)丙烯酸烯丙酯/(甲基)丙烯酸/依據需要為其他加成聚合性乙烯單體〕共聚物的膜強度、靈敏度及顯影性的平衡優異,為較佳。 作為市售品,例如,可舉出Acrylicbase FF-187、FF-426(FUJIKURA KASEI CO., LTD.製造)、Akurikyua-RD-F8(NIPPON SHOKUBAI CO., LTD.)及DAICEL-ALLNEX LTD.製造Cyclomer P(ACA)230AA等。In particular, among these, [benzyl (meth)acrylate/(meth)acrylic acid/other addition-polymerizable vinyl monomer] copolymers and [(meth)acrylate/(meth)acrylic acid ) acrylic acid/according to need other addition-polymerizable vinyl monomer] copolymer is preferable because it is excellent in balance of film strength, sensitivity and developability. Examples of commercially available products include Acrylicbase FF-187, FF-426 (manufactured by FUJIKURA KASEI CO., LTD.), Akurikyua-RD-F8 (manufactured by NIPPON SHOKUBAI CO., LTD.) and DAICEL-ALLNEX LTD. Cyclomer P (ACA) 230AA, etc.

黏結樹脂的製造中,例如,能夠適用基於公知的自由基聚合法之方法。本區域技術人員能夠輕鬆設定藉由自由基聚合法製造鹼可溶性樹脂時的溫度、壓力、自由基起始劑的種類及其量以及溶劑的種類等聚合條件。For the production of the binder resin, for example, a method based on a known radical polymerization method can be applied. Those skilled in the art can easily set polymerization conditions such as temperature, pressure, type and amount of radical initiator, and type of solvent when producing alkali-soluble resin by radical polymerization.

並且,作為黏結樹脂,使用包含具有接枝鏈之結構單元及具有酸基(鹼可溶性基)之結構單元之聚合物亦較佳。 具有接枝鏈之結構單元的定義與上述之分散劑所具有之具有接枝鏈之結構單元相同,並且較佳範圍亦相同。 作為酸基,例如有羧酸基、磺酸基、磷酸基或酚性羥基等,羧酸基、磺酸基及磷酸基中的至少1種為較佳,羧酸基為更佳。Furthermore, it is also preferable to use a polymer including a structural unit having a graft chain and a structural unit having an acidic group (alkali-soluble group) as the binder resin. The definition of the structural unit having a graft chain is the same as that of the above-mentioned dispersant having a structural unit having a graft chain, and the preferred range is also the same. The acid group includes, for example, a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, or a phenolic hydroxyl group, and at least one of a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phosphoric acid group is preferred, and a carboxylic acid group is more preferred.

作為具有酸基之結構單元,具有選自源自以下述通式(vii)~通式(ix)表示之單量體之結構單元之1種以上結構單元為較佳。As the structural unit having an acid group, it is preferable to have one or more structural units selected from structural units derived from monomers represented by the following general formulas (vii) to (ix).

[化學式7]

Figure 02_image013
[chemical formula 7]
Figure 02_image013

通式(vii)~通式(ix)中,R21 、R22 及R23 分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵原子(例如,氟原子、氯原子、溴原子等)或碳原子數為1~6的烷基(例如,甲基、乙基、丙基等)。 通式(vii)~通式(ix)中、R21 、R22 及R23 分別獨立地為氫原子或碳原子數為1~3的烷基,分別獨立地為氫原子或甲基為更佳。通式(vii)中,R21 及R23 分別為氫原子尤為佳。In general formula (vii) to general formula (ix), R 21 , R 22 and R 23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, etc.) or a carbon atom number of 1 to 6 alkyl (for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, etc.). In general formula (vii) to general formula (ix), R 21 , R 22 and R 23 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group with 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and each independently is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. good. In the general formula (vii), R 21 and R 23 are particularly preferably hydrogen atoms.

通式(vii)中的X2 表示氧原子(-O-)或亞胺基(-NH-),氧原子為較佳。 並且,通式(viii)中的Y表示次甲基或氮原子。X 2 in the general formula (vii) represents an oxygen atom (-O-) or an imino group (-NH-), preferably an oxygen atom. In addition, Y in the general formula (viii) represents a methine group or a nitrogen atom.

並且,通式(vii)~通式(ix)中的L2 表示單鍵或2價的連結基。作為2價的連結基的例子,可舉出2價的脂肪族基(例如,伸烷基、取代伸烷基、伸烯基、取代伸烯基、伸炔基及取代伸炔基)、2價的芳香族基(例如,伸芳基及取代伸芳基)、2價的雜環基、氧原子(-O-)、硫原子(-S-)、亞胺基(-NH-)、取代亞胺鍵(-NR41 ’-,其中,R41 ’為脂肪族基、芳香族基或雜環基)、羰鍵(-CO-)及該些的組合等。In addition, L 2 in the general formulas (vii) to (ix) represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include divalent aliphatic groups (for example, alkylene, substituted alkylene, alkenylene, substituted alkenylene, alkynylene, and substituted alkynylene), 2 Valence aromatic group (for example, aryl and substituted aryl), divalent heterocyclic group, oxygen atom (-O-), sulfur atom (-S-), imino group (-NH-), Substituted imine bonds (-NR 41 '-, wherein, R 41 ' is an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group), carbonyl bonds (-CO-) and combinations thereof, etc.

2價的脂肪族基可具有環狀結構或分支結構。脂肪族基的碳原子數為1~20為較佳,1~15為更佳,1~10為進一步較佳。關於脂肪族基,與不飽和脂肪族基相比,飽和脂肪族基為更佳。並且,脂肪族基可具有取代基。作為取代基的例子,可舉出鹵原子、羥基、芳香族基及雜環基。A divalent aliphatic group may have a cyclic structure or a branched structure. The number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic group is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-15, and still more preferably 1-10. Regarding the aliphatic group, a saturated aliphatic group is more preferable than an unsaturated aliphatic group. Also, the aliphatic group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, aromatic groups and heterocyclic groups.

2價的芳香族基的碳原子數為6~20為較佳,6~15為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳。並且,芳香族基可具有取代基。取代基的例子可舉出鹵原子、羥基、脂肪族基、芳香族基及雜環基。The number of carbon atoms in the divalent aromatic group is preferably from 6 to 20, more preferably from 6 to 15, and still more preferably from 6 to 10. In addition, the aromatic group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, aliphatic groups, aromatic groups and heterocyclic groups.

2價的雜環基作為雜環具有5員環或6員環為較佳。雜環上可縮合有其他雜環、脂肪族環或芳香族環中的1個以上。並且,雜環基可具有取代基。作為取代基的例子,可舉出鹵原子、羥基、氧代基(=O)、硫代基(=S)、亞胺基(=NH)、取代亞胺基(=N-R42 ,其中,R42 為脂肪族基、芳香族基或雜環基)、脂肪族基、芳香族基及雜環基。The divalent heterocyclic group preferably has a 5-membered or 6-membered ring as the heterocyclic ring. One or more of other heterocycles, aliphatic rings, or aromatic rings may be condensed on the heterocycle. Also, the heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, oxo groups (=O), thiol groups (=S), imino groups (=NH), substituted imino groups (=NR 42 , where R 42 is an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group), an aliphatic group, an aromatic group and a heterocyclic group.

L2 係單鍵、伸烷基或包含氧化烯結構之2價的連結基為較佳。氧化烯結構係氧乙烯結構或氧丙烯結構為更佳。並且,L2 可包含重複包含2個以上的氧化烯結構之聚氧化烯結構。作為聚氧化烯結構,聚氧乙烯結構或聚氧丙烯結構為較佳。聚氧乙烯結構以-(OCH2 CH2 )n-表示,n為2以上的整數為較佳,2~10的整數為更佳。It is preferable that L 2 is a single bond, an alkylene group, or a divalent linking group including an oxyalkylene structure. The oxyalkylene structure is more preferably an oxyethylene structure or an oxypropylene structure. In addition, L2 may contain a polyoxyalkylene structure repeatedly including two or more oxyalkylene structures. As the polyoxyalkylene structure, a polyoxyethylene structure or a polyoxypropylene structure is preferable. The polyoxyethylene structure is represented by -(OCH 2 CH 2 )n-, and n is preferably an integer of 2 or more, more preferably an integer of 2-10.

通式(vii)~通式(ix)中,Z2 為酸基,羧酸基為較佳。In general formula (vii) to general formula (ix), Z 2 is an acid group, preferably a carboxylic acid group.

通式(ix)中,R24 、R25 及R26 分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵原子(例如,氟原子、氯原子、溴原子等)、碳原子數為1~6的烷基(例如,甲基、乙基、丙基等)、-Z2 或L2 -Z2 。其中,L2 及Z2 的含義與上述中的L2 及Z2 相同,較佳例子亦相同。作為R24 、R25 及R26 ,分別獨立地為氫原子或碳原子數為1~3的烷基為較佳,氫原子為更佳。In the general formula (ix), R 24 , R 25 and R 26 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, etc.), an alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbon atoms (such as , methyl, ethyl, propyl, etc.), -Z 2 or L 2 -Z 2 . Wherein, the meanings of L2 and Z2 are the same as those of L2 and Z2 mentioned above, and the preferred examples are also the same. R 24 , R 25 and R 26 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom.

本發明中,作為以通式(vii)表示之單量體,R21 、R22 及R23 分別獨立地為氫原子或甲基、L2 為伸烷基或包含氧化烯結構之2價的連結基、X2 為氧原子或亞胺基、Z2 為羧酸基之化合物為較佳。 並且,作為以通式(vii)表示之單量體,R21 為氫原子或甲基、L2 為伸烷基、Z2 為羧酸基、Y為次甲基之化合物為較佳。 而且,作為以通式(ix)表示之單量體,R24 、R25 及R26 分別獨立地為氫原子或甲基、Z2 為羧酸基之化合物為較佳。In the present invention, as a monomer represented by the general formula (vii), R 21 , R 22 and R 23 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and L 2 is an alkylene group or a divalent compound containing an alkylene oxide structure. A linking group, a compound in which X 2 is an oxygen atom or an imine group, and Z 2 is a carboxylic acid group is preferred. Furthermore, as a monomer represented by the general formula (vii), a compound wherein R 21 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, L 2 is an alkylene group, Z 2 is a carboxylic acid group, and Y is a methine group is preferable. Furthermore, as a monomer represented by the general formula (ix), a compound in which R 24 , R 25 and R 26 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and Z 2 is a carboxylic acid group is preferable.

上述黏結樹脂能夠藉由與上述之包含具有接枝鏈之結構單元之分散劑相同之方法合成,並且,其較佳酸值、重量平均分子量亦相同。The above-mentioned binder resin can be synthesized by the same method as the above-mentioned dispersant containing the structural unit having a graft chain, and its preferred acid value and weight average molecular weight are also the same.

上述黏結樹脂可具有1種或2種以上具有酸基之結構單元。 具有酸基之結構單元的含量以質量換算計,相對於上述黏結樹脂的總質量,5~95%為較佳,從抑制基於鹼顯影之圖像強度的損傷之觀點考慮,10~90%為更佳。The above-mentioned binder resin may have one or more structural units having acid groups. The content of the structural unit having an acid group is preferably 5 to 95% relative to the total mass of the above binder resin in terms of mass, and 10 to 90% is preferably 10 to 90% from the viewpoint of suppressing damage to image strength due to alkali development. better.

本發明的組成物中的黏結樹脂的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分,0.1~30質量%為較佳,0.3~25質量%為更佳。 黏結樹脂可單獨使用1種,亦可倂用2種以上。倂用2種以上時,總計量成為上述範圍為較佳。The content of the binder resin in the composition of the present invention is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.3 to 25% by mass, relative to the total solid content of the composition. One type of binder resin may be used alone, or two or more types may be used. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that the total amount becomes the said range.

本發明的組成物中,上述分散劑相對於上述含氮化鈦粒子之含有比例(分散劑/含氮化鈦粒子(以下,還稱作“D/P”。)質量比)為0.3以下為較佳,0.05~0.3為更佳,0.1~0.3為進一步較佳。藉由含有比D/P在上述範圍内,分散液的性能再現性優異,而且硬化膜的圖案形成性(解析度)亦優異。In the composition of the present invention, the content ratio of the above-mentioned dispersant to the above-mentioned titanium nitride-containing particles (dispersant/titanium nitride-containing particles (hereinafter also referred to as "D/P") mass ratio) is 0.3 or less. Preferably, 0.05-0.3 is more preferable, and 0.1-0.3 is still more preferable. When the content ratio D/P is within the above range, the performance reproducibility of the dispersion liquid is excellent, and the pattern formability (resolution) of the cured film is also excellent.

<聚合性化合物> 本發明的組成物含有聚合性化合物為較佳。 聚合性化合物係包含1個以上的具有烯屬不飽和鍵之基團之化合物為較佳,具有2個以上之化合物為更佳,具有3個以上為進一步較佳,具有5個以上尤為佳。上限例如為15個以下。作為具有烯屬不飽和鍵之基團,例如,可舉出乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基及(甲基)丙烯醯基等。<Polymerizable Compound> It is preferable that the composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable compound. The polymerizable compound is preferably a compound containing one or more groups having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, more preferably a compound having two or more groups, still more preferably having three or more groups, and especially preferably having five or more groups. The upper limit is, for example, 15 or less. As a group which has an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a vinyl group, (meth)allyl group, (meth)acryl group etc. are mentioned, for example.

聚合性化合物例如可以係單體、預聚物及低聚物及該些的混合物以及該些的多聚體等化學形態的任一個,單體為較佳。 聚合性化合物的分子量為100~3000為較佳,250~1500為更佳。 聚合性化合物係3~15官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為較佳,3~6官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為更佳。 作為單體、預聚物的例子,可舉出不飽和羧酸(例如,丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、衣康酸、巴豆酸、異巴豆酸、馬來酸等)和其酯類、醯胺類、以及該些的多聚體,不飽和羧酸與脂肪族多元醇化合物的酯、及不飽和羧酸與脂肪族多元胺化合物的醯胺類、以及該些的多聚體為較佳。並且,亦可適當地使用具有羥基、胺基、巰基等親核性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或者醯胺類與單官能或多官能異氰酸酯類或者環氧類的加成反應物、或上述不飽和羧酸酯或者醯胺類與單官能或多官能的羧酸的脫水縮合反應物等。並且,具有異氰酸酯基、環氧基等親電子性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或者醯胺類與單官能或多官能的醇類、胺類、硫醇類的反應物、具有鹵素基或甲苯磺醯基等分離性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或者醯胺類與單官能或多官能的醇類、胺類、硫醇類的反應物亦較佳。並且,還可代替上述不飽和羧酸,使用不飽和膦酸、苯乙烯等苯乙烯衍生物及被取代為乙烯基醚、烯丙基醚等之化合物組。 作為該些的具體化合物,本發明中亦能夠適當使用日本特開2009-288705號公報的段落〔0095〕~〔0108〕中記載之化合物。The polymerizable compound may be in any of chemical forms such as monomers, prepolymers, oligomers, mixtures of these, and multimers of these, for example, and monomers are preferred. The molecular weight of the polymerizable compound is preferably from 100 to 3,000, more preferably from 250 to 1,500. It is preferable that a polymeric compound is a 3-15 functional (meth)acrylate compound, and it is more preferable that it is a 3-6 functional (meth)acrylate compound. Examples of monomers and prepolymers include unsaturated carboxylic acids (for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.), their esters, and amides , and multimers of these, esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids and aliphatic polyhydric alcohol compounds, amides of unsaturated carboxylic acids and aliphatic polyamine compounds, and multimers of these are preferred. In addition, addition reactants of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having nucleophilic substituents such as hydroxyl groups, amine groups, and mercapto groups, and monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanates or epoxies, or the above-mentioned Dehydration condensation reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides and monofunctional or polyfunctional carboxylic acids, etc. Also, reactants of unsaturated carboxylates or amides with electrophilic substituents such as isocyanate groups and epoxy groups, and monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, and thiols, and those with halogen groups or toluene Reactants of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides with separable substituents such as sulfonyl groups and monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, and thiols are also preferred. In addition, instead of the unsaturated carboxylic acid described above, unsaturated phosphonic acid, styrene derivatives such as styrene, and compounds substituted with vinyl ether, allyl ether, and the like can also be used. As these specific compounds, compounds described in paragraphs [0095] to [0108] of JP-A-2009-288705 can also be suitably used in the present invention.

本發明中,作為聚合性化合物,包含1個以上的具有烯屬不飽和鍵之基團、且常壓下具有100℃以上的沸點之化合物亦較佳。作為其例子,例如,能夠參閱日本特開2013-29760號公報的段落0227、日本特開2008-292970號公報的段落0254~0257中記載之化合物,該內容引入本說明書中。In the present invention, as the polymerizable compound, a compound containing one or more groups having an ethylenically unsaturated bond and having a boiling point of 100° C. or higher under normal pressure is also preferable. As examples thereof, for example, compounds described in paragraph 0227 of JP-A-2013-29760 and paragraphs 0254-0257 of JP-A-2008-292970 can be referred to, and the content thereof is incorporated herein.

聚合性化合物還能夠使用雙季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯(作為市售品,KAYARAD D-330;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、雙季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(作為市售品,KAYARAD D-320;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、雙季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品,KAYARAD D-310;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、雙季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品,KAYARAD DPHA;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造、A-DPH-12E;Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd製造)及該些(甲基)丙烯醯基經由乙二醇殘基、丙二醇殘基之結構(例如,由Sartomer company Inc.市售之SR454、SR499)為較佳。還能夠使用該些的低聚物類型。並且,還能夠使用NK酯A-TMMT(季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯、Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd製造)及KAYARAD RP-1040(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)等。 以下示出較佳聚合性化合物的態様。As the polymerizable compound, dipentaerythritol triacrylate (commercially available, KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (commercially available, KAYARAD D-320; Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate (commercially available, KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate (commercially available KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-DPH-12E; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) A base structure (for example, SR454, SR499 commercially available from Sartomer company Inc.) is preferred. Oligomer types of these can also be used. Furthermore, NK ester A-TMMT (pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), KAYARAD RP-1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), and the like can also be used. The states of preferable polymerizable compounds are shown below.

聚合性化合物可具有羧基、磺酸基及磷酸基等酸基。作為具有酸基之聚合性化合物,脂肪族聚羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸的酯為較佳,使非芳香族羧酸酐與脂肪族聚羥基化合物的未反應的羥基進行反應來使其具有酸基之聚合性化合物為更佳,該酯中,脂肪族聚羥基化合物為季戊四醇和/或雙季戊四醇者為進一步較佳。作為市售品,例如,可舉出TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造的ARONIX TO-2349、M-305、M-510及M-520等。A polymeric compound may have acid groups, such as a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phosphoric acid group. As a polymeric compound having an acid group, an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid is preferable, and an acid group is obtained by reacting a non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride with an unreacted hydroxyl group of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound. The polymeric compound is more preferable, and among the esters, the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is pentaerythritol and/or dipentaerythritol is still more preferable. As a commercial item, ARONIX TO-2349, M-305, M-510, M-520 etc. manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD. are mentioned, for example.

作為具有酸基之聚合性化合物的較佳酸值,為0.1~40mgKOH/g,5~30mgKOH/g為更佳。若聚合性化合物的酸值為0.1mgKOH/g以上,則顯影溶解特性良好,若為40mgKOH/g以下,則在製造和操作上有利。而且,光聚合性能良好且硬化性優異。The preferable acid value of the polymeric compound which has an acid group is 0.1-40 mgKOH/g, More preferably, it is 5-30 mgKOH/g. When the acid value of the polymerizable compound is 0.1 mgKOH/g or more, the image development solubility property is favorable, and when it is 40 mgKOH/g or less, it is advantageous in terms of production and handling. Furthermore, the photopolymerization performance is good and the curability is excellent.

關於聚合性化合物,具有己內酯結構之化合物亦為較佳態様。 作為具有己內酯結構之化合物,只要在分子內具有己內酯結構,則並無特別限定,例如,可舉出藉由使三羥甲基乙烷、二三羥甲基乙烷、三羥甲基丙烷、二三羥甲基丙烷、季戊四醇、雙季戊四醇、三季戊四醇、甘油、雙甘油、三羥甲基三聚氰胺等多元醇與(甲基)丙烯酸及ε-己內酯進行酯化來獲得之、ε-己內酯改性多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯。其中,具有以下述通式(Z-1)表示之己內酯結構之化合物為較佳。Regarding the polymerizable compound, a compound having a caprolactone structure is also preferable. The compound having a caprolactone structure is not particularly limited as long as it has a caprolactone structure in the molecule. It is obtained by esterifying polyhydric alcohols such as methyl propane, ditrimethylol propane, pentaerythritol, dipentaerythritol, tripentaerythritol, glycerin, diglycerin, trimethylol melamine with (meth)acrylic acid and ε-caprolactone , ε-caprolactone modified multifunctional (meth)acrylate. Among them, a compound having a caprolactone structure represented by the following general formula (Z-1) is preferable.

[化學式8]

Figure 02_image015
[chemical formula 8]
Figure 02_image015

通式(Z-1)中,6個R全部為以下述通式(Z-2)表示之基團,或6個R中的1~5個為以下述通式(Z-2)表示之基團,剩餘為以下述通式(Z-3)表示之基團。In the general formula (Z-1), all 6 Rs are groups represented by the following general formula (Z-2), or 1 to 5 of the 6 Rs are represented by the following general formula (Z-2) group, and the rest are groups represented by the following general formula (Z-3).

[化學式9]

Figure 02_image017
[chemical formula 9]
Figure 02_image017

通式(Z-2)中,R1 表示氫原子或甲基,m表示1或2的數,“*”表示係鍵結鍵。In the general formula (Z-2), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, m represents a number of 1 or 2, and "*" represents a bond.

[化學式10]

Figure 02_image019
[chemical formula 10]
Figure 02_image019

通式(Z-3)中,R1 表示氫原子或甲基,“*”表示係鍵結鍵。In the general formula (Z-3), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and "*" represents a bond.

具有己內酯結構之聚合性化合物例如由Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.作為KAYARAD DPCA系列而市售,DPCA-20(上述式(Z-1)~(Z-3)中,m=1,以式(Z-2)表示之基團的數=2,R1 全部為氫原子之化合物)、DPCA-30(同式,m=1,以式(Z-2)表示之基團的數=3,R1 全部為氫原子之化合物)、DPCA-60(同式,m=1,以式(Z-2)表示之基團的數=6,R1 全部為氫原子之化合物)及DPCA-120(同式中,m=2,以式(Z-2)表示之基團的數=6,R1 全部為氫原子之化合物)等。A polymeric compound having a caprolactone structure is, for example, commercially available from Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. as KAYARAD DPCA series, DPCA-20 (in the above formulas (Z-1) to (Z-3), m=1, and The number of groups represented by formula (Z-2) = 2, the compound where all R 1 are hydrogen atoms), DPCA-30 (same formula, m=1, the number of groups represented by formula (Z-2) = 3. Compounds in which all R 1 are hydrogen atoms), DPCA-60 (same formula, m=1, number of groups represented by formula (Z-2) = 6, compounds in which all R 1 are hydrogen atoms) and DPCA -120 (in the same formula, m=2, the number of groups represented by the formula (Z-2)=6, and all R 1 are hydrogen atoms), etc.

聚合性化合物還能夠使用以下述通式(Z-4)或(Z-5)表示之化合物。As the polymerizable compound, a compound represented by the following general formula (Z-4) or (Z-5) can also be used.

[化學式11]

Figure 02_image021
[chemical formula 11]
Figure 02_image021

通式(Z-4)及(Z-5)中,E分別獨立地表示-((CH2y CH2 O)-、或-((CH2y CH(CH3 )O)-,y分別獨立地表示0~10的整數,X分別獨立地表示(甲基)丙烯醯基、氫原子或羧基。 通式(Z-4)中,(甲基)丙烯醯基的總計為3個或4個,m分別獨立地表示0~10的整數,各m的總計為0~40的整數。 通式(Z-5)中,(甲基)丙烯醯基的總計為5個或6個,n分別獨立地表示0~10的整數,各n的總計為0~60的整數。In general formulas (Z-4) and (Z-5), E independently represent -((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O)-, or -((CH 2 ) y CH(CH 3 )O)-, y each independently represent an integer of 0 to 10, and X each independently represent a (meth)acryl group, a hydrogen atom or a carboxyl group. In the general formula (Z-4), the total number of (meth)acryloyl groups is 3 or 4, m each independently represents an integer of 0-10, and the total number of each m is an integer of 0-40. In the general formula (Z-5), the total number of (meth)acryloyl groups is 5 or 6, n each independently represents an integer of 0-10, and the total number of each n is an integer of 0-60.

通式(Z-4)中,m為0~6的整數為較佳,0~4的整數為更佳。 並且,各m的總計為2~40的整數為較佳,2~16的整數為更佳,4~8的整數為進一步較佳。 通式(Z-5)中,n為0~6的整數為較佳,0~4的整數為更佳。 並且,各n的總計為3~60的整數為較佳,3~24的整數為更佳,6~12的整數為進一步較佳。 並且,通式(Z-4)或通式(Z-5)中的-((CH2y CH2 O)-或-((CH2y CH(CH3 )O)-為氧原子側的末端與X鍵結之形態為較佳。In general formula (Z-4), m is preferably an integer of 0-6, more preferably an integer of 0-4. In addition, the total of each m is preferably an integer of 2-40, more preferably an integer of 2-16, and still more preferably an integer of 4-8. In general formula (Z-5), n is preferably an integer of 0-6, more preferably an integer of 0-4. In addition, the total of each n is preferably an integer of 3-60, more preferably an integer of 3-24, and still more preferably an integer of 6-12. And, -((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O)- or -((CH 2 ) y CH(CH 3 )O)- in general formula (Z-4) or general formula (Z-5) is an oxygen atom A form in which the terminal on the side is bonded to X is preferable.

以通式(Z-4)或通式(Z-5)表示之化合物可單獨使用1種,亦可倂用2種以上。尤其,通式(Z-5)中的6個X全部為丙烯醯基之形態、通式(Z-5)中的6個X全部為丙烯醯基之化合物與6個X中的至少1個為氫原子之化合物的混合物之態様為較佳。藉由設為該種結構,能夠更加提高顯影性。The compounds represented by general formula (Z-4) or general formula (Z-5) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In particular, the form in which all 6 Xs in the general formula (Z-5) are acryloyl groups, the compound in which all 6 Xs in the general formula (Z-5) are acryloyl groups and at least one of the 6 Xs The form of a mixture of compounds with hydrogen atoms is preferred. Developability can be improved more by setting it as such a structure.

並且,作為以通式(Z-4)或通式(Z-5)表示之化合物在聚合性化合物中的總含量,20質量%以上為較佳,50質量%以上為更佳。In addition, the total content of the compound represented by the general formula (Z-4) or the general formula (Z-5) in the polymerizable compound is preferably at least 20% by mass, more preferably at least 50% by mass.

以通式(Z-4)或通式(Z-5)表示之化合物能夠藉由作為以往公知的製程之製程合成:藉由開環加成反應,使環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷與季戊四醇或雙季戊四醇鍵結之製程;及例如使(甲基)丙烯醯氯與開環骨架的末端羥基反應來導入(甲基)丙烯醯基之製程。各製程係廣為人知之製程,本區域技術人員能夠輕鬆合成以通式(Z-4)或(Z-5)表示之化合物。The compound represented by the general formula (Z-4) or the general formula (Z-5) can be synthesized by a conventionally known process: by ring-opening addition reaction, ethylene oxide or propylene oxide and pentaerythritol Or the process of dipentaerythritol bonding; and, for example, the process of introducing (meth)acryloyl group by reacting (meth)acryloyl chloride with the terminal hydroxyl group of the ring-opened skeleton. Each process is a well-known process, and those skilled in the art can easily synthesize the compound represented by the general formula (Z-4) or (Z-5).

以通式(Z-4)或通式(Z-5)表示之化合物中,季戊四醇衍生物和/或雙季戊四醇衍生物為更佳。 具體而言,可舉出以下述式(a)~(f)表示之化合物,其中,例示化合物(a)、(b)、(e)、(f)為較佳。Among the compounds represented by general formula (Z-4) or general formula (Z-5), pentaerythritol derivatives and/or dipentaerythritol derivatives are more preferable. Specifically, compounds represented by the following formulas (a) to (f) are exemplified, and among them, the exemplified compounds (a), (b), (e) and (f) are preferable.

[化學式12]

Figure 02_image023
[chemical formula 12]
Figure 02_image023

[化學式13]

Figure 02_image025
[chemical formula 13]
Figure 02_image025

作為以通式(Z-4)、(Z-5)表示之聚合性化合物的市售品,例如可舉出Sartomer company Inc.製造的具有4個氧化乙烯鏈之4官能丙烯酸酯亦即SR-494、Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造的具有6個亞戊基氧(pentyleneoxy)鏈之6官能丙烯酸酯亦即DPCA-60及具有3個異丁烯氧鏈之3官能丙烯酸酯亦即TPA-330等。Examples of commercially available polymeric compounds represented by general formulas (Z-4) and (Z-5) include SR- 494. DPCA-60, a hexafunctional acrylate having 6 pentyleneoxy chains manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., and TPA-330, a trifunctional acrylate having 3 isobutyleneoxy chains, etc. .

作為聚合性化合物,除了如日本特公昭48-41708號公報、日本特開昭51-37193號公報、日本特公平2-32293號公報及日本特公平2-16765號公報中記載之氨酯丙烯酸酯類和日本特公昭58-49860號公報、日本特公昭56-17654號公報、日本特公昭62-39417號公報及日本特公昭62-39418號公報中記載之具有環氧乙烷系骨架之氨酯化合物類亦較佳。並且,還能夠藉由使用日本特開昭63-277653號公報、日本特開昭63-260909號公報及日本特開平1-105238號公報中記載之、在分子內具有胺基結構和硫醚結構之加成聚合性化合物類,獲得感光速度非常優異之組成物。 作為市售品,可舉出氨酯低聚物UAS-10、UAB-140(Sanyo Kokusaku Pulp Co.,Ltd.製造)、UA-7200(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd製造)、DPHA-40H(Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.製造)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600及AI-600(KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co.,LTD製造)等。As a polymerizable compound, in addition to urethane acrylate as described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-41708, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 51-37193, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2-32293 and Japanese Patent Publication No. 2-16765 Urethanes with oxirane-based skeletons described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 58-49860, Japanese Patent Publication No. 56-17654, Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-39417, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-39418 Compounds are also preferred. In addition, it is also possible to use the amine structure and thioether structure in the molecule described in JP-A-63-277653, JP-A-63-260909 and JP-1-105238. Addition-polymerizable compounds to obtain compositions with excellent photosensitivity. Commercially available urethane oligomers UAS-10, UAB-140 (manufactured by Sanyo Kokusaku Pulp Co., Ltd.), UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, and AI-600 (manufactured by KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co., LTD.), etc.

並且,本發明中使用之聚合性化合物的SP(溶解度參數)值為9.50以上為較佳,10.40以上為更佳,10.60以上為進一步較佳。 另外,本說明書中,關於SP值,除非另有指明,則藉由Hoy法求出(H.L.Hoy Journal of Painting,1970,Vol.42,76-118)。並且,對於SP值,省略單位而示出,但其單位為cal1/2 cm-3/2Furthermore, the SP (solubility parameter) value of the polymerizable compound used in the present invention is preferably at least 9.50, more preferably at least 10.40, and still more preferably at least 10.60. In addition, in this specification, the SP value is calculated|required by the Hoy method (HL Hoy Journal of Painting, 1970, Vol.42, 76-118) unless otherwise indicated. In addition, although the unit is omitted and shown for the SP value, the unit is cal 1/2 cm -3/2 .

並且,從減少顯影殘渣的觀點考慮,組成物包含具有卡多骨架之聚合性化合物亦較佳。 作為具有卡多骨架之聚合性化合物,具有9,9-二芳基芴骨架之聚合性化合物為較佳,以下述式(Q3)表示之化合物為更佳。Furthermore, it is also preferable that the composition contains a polymerizable compound having a cardo skeleton from the viewpoint of reducing developing residue. As the polymerizable compound having a cardo skeleton, a polymerizable compound having a 9,9-diarylfluorene skeleton is preferable, and a compound represented by the following formula (Q3) is more preferable.

通式(Q3) [化學式14]

Figure 02_image027
General formula (Q3) [Chemical formula 14]
Figure 02_image027

上述通式(Q3)中,Ar11 ~Ar14 分別獨立地表示包含以虛線包圍之苯環之芳基。X1 ~X4 分別獨立地表示具有聚合性基團之取代基,上述取代基中的碳原子可被雜原子取代。a及b分別獨立地表示1~5的整數,c及d分別獨立地表示0~4的整數。R1 ~R4 分別獨立地表示取代基,e、f、g及h分別獨立地表示0以上的整數,e、f、g及h的上限值分別為從Ar11 ~Ar14 能夠具有之取代基的數減去a、b、c或d之值。其中,Ar11 ~Ar14 分別獨立地為作為稠環之一而包含以虛線包圍之苯環之多環芳香族烴基時,X1 ~X4 及R1 ~R4 可分別獨立地取代為以虛線包圍之苯環,亦可取代為以虛線包圍之苯環以外的環。In the above general formula (Q3), Ar 11 to Ar 14 each independently represent an aryl group including a benzene ring surrounded by a dotted line. X 1 to X 4 each independently represent a substituent having a polymerizable group, and carbon atoms in the above substituents may be substituted with heteroatoms. a and b each independently represent an integer of 1 to 5, and c and d each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4. R 1 to R 4 each independently represent a substituent, e, f, g, and h each independently represent an integer of 0 or more, and the upper limits of e, f, g, and h are those that Ar 11 to Ar 14 can have, respectively. The number of substituents minus the value of a, b, c or d. Wherein, when Ar 11 to Ar 14 are each independently a polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group containing a benzene ring surrounded by a dotted line as one of the condensed rings, X 1 to X 4 and R 1 to R 4 can be independently substituted with The benzene ring surrounded by a dotted line may be substituted with a ring other than the benzene ring surrounded by a dotted line.

上述通式(Q3)中,Ar11 ~Ar14 所表示之包含以虛線包圍之苯環之芳基為碳原子數6~14的芳基為較佳,碳原子數6~10的芳基(例如,苯基、萘基)為更佳,苯基(限於以虛線包圍之苯環)為進一步較佳。In the above-mentioned general formula (Q3), the aryl group represented by Ar 11 to Ar 14 comprising a benzene ring surrounded by a dotted line is preferably an aryl group with 6 to 14 carbon atoms, and an aryl group with 6 to 10 carbon atoms ( For example, phenyl, naphthyl) are more preferable, and phenyl (limited to the benzene ring surrounded by a dotted line) is still more preferable.

上述通式(Q3)中,X1 ~X4 分別獨立地表示具有聚合性基團之取代基,上述取代基中的碳原子可被雜原子取代。作為X1 ~X4 所表示之具有聚合性基團之取代基,並無特別限制,但具有聚合性基團之脂肪族基為較佳。 作為具有X1 ~X4 所表示之聚合性基團之脂肪族基,並無特別限制,但聚合性基團以外的碳原子數為1~12的伸烷基為較佳,碳原子數2~10的伸烷基為更佳,碳原子數2~5的伸烷基為進一步較佳。 並且,具有X1 ~X4 所表示之聚合性基團之脂肪族基中,上述脂肪族基被雜原子取代時,被-NR-(R為取代基)、氧原子或硫原子取代為較佳,上述脂肪族基中不相鄰之-CH2 -被氧原子或硫原子取代為更佳,上述脂肪族基中不相鄰之-CH2 -被氧原子取代為進一步較佳。具有X1 ~X4 所表示之聚合性基團之脂肪族基的1~2處被雜原子取代為較佳,被雜原子取代1處為更佳,與Ar11 ~Ar14 所表示之包含以虛線包圍之苯環之芳基相鄰之1處被雜原子取代為進一步較佳。 作為具有X1 ~X4 所表示之聚合性基團之脂肪族基中包含之聚合性基團,能夠進行自由基聚合或陽離子聚合之聚合性基團(以下,還分別稱作自由基聚合性基團及陽離子聚合性基團)為較佳。 作為自由基聚合性基團,能夠使用通常周知之自由基聚合性基團,作為較佳者,可舉出具有能夠進行自由基聚合之烯屬不飽和鍵之聚合性基團,具體而言,可舉出乙烯基、(甲基)丙烯醯氧基等。其中,(甲基)丙烯醯氧基為較佳,丙烯醯氧基為更佳。 作為陽離子聚合性基團,能夠使用通常周知之陽離子聚合性基團,具體而言,可舉出脂環式醚基、環狀縮醛基、環狀內酯基、環狀硫醚基、螺環原酸酯基及乙烯氧基等。其中,脂環式醚基或乙烯氧基為較佳,環氧基、氧雜環丁基或乙烯氧基尤為佳。 Ar1 ~Ar4 所包含之取代基所具有之上述聚合性基團為自由基聚合性基團為較佳。 Ar1 ~Ar4 中的2個以上包含具有聚合性基團之取代基,Ar1 ~Ar4 中的2~4個包含具有聚合性基團之取代基為較佳,Ar1 ~Ar4 中的2或3個包含具有聚合性基團之取代基為更佳,Ar1 ~Ar4 中的2個包含具有聚合性基團之取代基為進一步較佳。 Ar11 ~Ar14 分別獨立地為作為稠環之一包含以虛線包圍之苯環之多環芳香族烴基時,X1 ~X4 可分別獨立地取代為以虛線包圍之苯環,亦可取代為以虛線包圍之苯環以外的環。In the general formula (Q3), X 1 to X 4 each independently represent a substituent having a polymerizable group, and carbon atoms in the substituent may be substituted with a heteroatom. The substituents having polymerizable groups represented by X 1 to X 4 are not particularly limited, but aliphatic groups having polymerizable groups are preferred. The aliphatic group having the polymerizable groups represented by X 1 to X 4 is not particularly limited, but an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms other than the polymerizable group is preferable, and the carbon number is 2 An alkylene group of ∼10 is more preferable, and an alkylene group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is still more preferable. In addition, among the aliphatic groups having polymerizable groups represented by X 1 to X 4 , when the aliphatic groups are substituted by heteroatoms, they are replaced by -NR- (R is a substituent), an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. Preferably, the non-adjacent -CH 2 - in the above aliphatic group is more preferably replaced by an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, and it is still more preferable that the non-adjacent -CH 2 - in the above aliphatic group is replaced by an oxygen atom. Preferably, 1 to 2 positions of the aliphatic group having the polymerizable groups represented by X 1 to X 4 are substituted by heteroatoms, more preferably 1 position is substituted by heteroatoms, and Ar 11 to Ar 14 include It is further preferred that one position adjacent to the aryl group of the benzene ring surrounded by a dotted line is substituted with a heteroatom. As the polymerizable group included in the aliphatic group having the polymerizable groups represented by X1 to X4 , a polymerizable group capable of radical polymerization or cationic polymerization (hereinafter also referred to as radically polymerizable group and cationic polymerizable group) is preferred. As the radical polymerizable group, a generally known radical polymerizable group can be used, and as a preferred one, a polymerizable group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond capable of radical polymerization is mentioned. Specifically, Vinyl, (meth)acryloyloxy, etc. are mentioned. Among them, (meth)acryloxy is preferred, and acryloxy is more preferred. As the cationic polymerizable group, generally known cationic polymerizable groups can be used, specifically, alicyclic ether group, cyclic acetal group, cyclic lactone group, cyclic thioether group, spiro Cyclic ortho ester group and vinyloxy group, etc. Among them, alicyclic ether group or vinyloxy group is preferred, and epoxy group, oxetanyl group or vinyloxy group is particularly preferred. It is preferable that the above-mentioned polymerizable group contained in the substituent included in Ar 1 to Ar 4 is a radical polymerizable group. Two or more of Ar 1 to Ar 4 contain a substituent having a polymerizable group, preferably 2 to 4 of Ar 1 to Ar 4 contain a substituent having a polymerizable group, and among Ar 1 to Ar 4 It is more preferable that 2 or 3 of Ar 1 to Ar 4 include a substituent having a polymerizable group, and it is still more preferable that 2 of Ar 1 to Ar 4 include a substituent having a polymerizable group. When Ar 11 to Ar 14 are each independently a polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group containing a benzene ring surrounded by a dotted line as one of the condensed rings, X 1 to X 4 may be independently substituted by a benzene ring surrounded by a dotted line, or is a ring other than the benzene ring surrounded by a dotted line.

上述通式(Q3)中,a及b分別獨立地表示1~5的整數,1或2為較佳,a及b均為1為更佳。 上述通式(Q3)中,c及d分別獨立地表示0~5的整數,0或1為較佳,c及d均為0為更佳。In the general formula (Q3), a and b each independently represent an integer of 1 to 5, preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably both a and b are 1. In the general formula (Q3), c and d each independently represent an integer of 0 to 5, preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably both c and d are 0.

上述通式(Q3)中,R1 ~R4 分別獨立地表示取代基。作為R1 ~R4 所表示之取代基,並無特別限制,例如,可舉出鹵原子、鹵化烷基、烷基、鏈烯基、醯基、羥基、羥基烷基、烷氧基、芳基、雜芳基及脂環基等。R1 ~R4 所表示之取代基為烷基、烷氧基或芳基為較佳,碳原子數1~5的烷基、碳原子數1~5的烷氧基或苯基為更佳,甲基、甲氧基或苯基為進一步較佳。 上述通式(Q3)中,Ar11 ~Ar14 分別獨立地為作為稠環之一包含以虛線包圍之苯環之多環芳香族烴基時,R1 ~R4 可分別獨立地取代為以虛線包圍之苯環,亦可取代為以虛線包圍之苯環以外的環。In the above general formula (Q3), R 1 to R 4 each independently represent a substituent. The substituents represented by R 1 to R 4 are not particularly limited, for example, halogen atoms, halogenated alkyl groups, alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, acyl groups, hydroxyl groups, hydroxyalkyl groups, alkoxy groups, aromatic groups, etc. group, heteroaryl group and alicyclic group, etc. The substituents represented by R 1 to R 4 are preferably alkyl, alkoxy or aryl, more preferably alkyl with 1 to 5 carbon atoms, alkoxy with 1 to 5 carbon atoms or phenyl , methyl, methoxy or phenyl are further preferred. In the above general formula (Q3), when Ar 11 to Ar 14 are each independently a polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group including a benzene ring surrounded by a dotted line as one of the condensed rings, R 1 to R 4 can be independently substituted by a dotted line The surrounded benzene ring may be substituted with a ring other than the benzene ring surrounded by a dotted line.

上述通式(Q3)中,e、f、g及h分別獨立地表示0以上的整數,e、f、g及h的上限值分別為從Ar11 ~Ar14 能夠具有之取代基的數減去a、b、c或d之值。 e、f、g及h分別獨立地0~8為較佳,0~2為更佳,0為進一步較佳。 Ar11 ~Ar14 分別獨立地為作為稠環之一包含以虛線包圍之苯環之多環芳香族烴基時,e、f、g及h為0或1為較佳,0為更佳。In the above-mentioned general formula (Q3), e, f, g, and h each independently represent an integer of 0 or more, and the upper limits of e, f, g, and h are respectively the number of substituents Ar 11 to Ar 14 can have. Subtract the value of a, b, c, or d. e, f, g, and h are each independently preferably 0-8, more preferably 0-2, and further preferably 0. When Ar 11 to Ar 14 are each independently a polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group including a benzene ring surrounded by a dotted line as one of the condensed rings, e, f, g and h are preferably 0 or 1, and 0 is more preferred.

作為以上述式(Q3)表示之化合物,例如,可舉出9,9‘-二[4-(2-丙烯醯氧基乙氧基)苯基]芴等。作為具有9,9-二芳基芴骨架之聚合性化合物,還能夠較佳地使用日本特開2010-254732號公報記載之化合物類。Examples of the compound represented by the above formula (Q3) include 9,9'-bis[4-(2-acryloyloxyethoxy)phenyl]fluorene and the like. As a polymerizable compound having a 9,9-diarylfluorene skeleton, compounds described in JP 2010-254732 A can also be preferably used.

本發明的組成物含有聚合性化合物時,聚合性化合物的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分,0.1~40質量%為較佳。下限例如為0.5質量%以上為更佳,1質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限例如為30質量%以下為更佳,20質量%以下為進一步較佳。 聚合性化合物可以係單獨1種,亦可倂用2種以上。倂用2種以上時,總計量成為上述範圍為較佳。When the composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable compound, the content of the polymerizable compound is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass relative to the total solid content of the composition. The lower limit is, for example, more preferably 0.5 mass % or more, and still more preferably 1 mass % or more. The upper limit is, for example, more preferably 30 mass % or less, and further preferably 20 mass % or less. A polymerizable compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that the total amount becomes the said range.

<聚合起始劑> 本發明的組成物具有聚合起始劑為較佳。 作為聚合起始劑,並無特別限制,能夠從公知的聚合起始劑中適當選擇,例如,具有感光性者(所謂的光聚合起始劑)為較佳。 本發明的組成物除了含氮化鈦粒子以外,還含有光聚合起始劑及上述聚合性化合物時,藉由活性光線或放射線的照射而硬化,故有時被稱作“感光性組成物”。 作為光聚合起始劑,只要具有引發聚合性化合物的聚合之能力,則並無特別限制,能夠從公知的光聚合起始劑中適當選擇。例如,對從紫外線區域至可見光線具有感光性者為較佳。並且,聚合起始劑可以係與被光激發之光敏劑產生某些作用,並生成活性自由基之活性劑,亦可以係依據單體的種類而引發陽離子聚合之起始劑。 並且,光聚合起始劑含有至少1種於約300nm~800nm(330nm~500nm為更佳。)的範圍內具有至少約50莫耳吸光系數之化合物為較佳。<Polymerization initiator> It is preferable that the composition of this invention has a polymerization initiator. The polymerization initiator is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from known polymerization initiators, for example, those having photosensitivity (so-called photopolymerization initiators) are preferable. When the composition of the present invention contains a photopolymerization initiator and the above-mentioned polymerizable compound in addition to titanium nitride particles, it is hardened by irradiation with active light or radiation, so it is sometimes called a "photosensitive composition". . The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it has the ability to initiate polymerization of a polymerizable compound, and can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, those having photosensitivity to ultraviolet rays to visible rays are preferable. Moreover, the polymerization initiator may be an active agent that has some interaction with the photosensitizer excited by light to generate active free radicals, or may be an initiator that initiates cationic polymerization depending on the type of monomer. In addition, it is preferable that the photopolymerization initiator contains at least one compound having a molar absorption coefficient of at least about 50 in the range of about 300 nm to 800 nm (more preferably, 330 nm to 500 nm).

作為光聚合起始劑,例如,可舉出鹵化烴衍生物(例如,具有三嗪骨架者、具有噁二唑骨架者等)、醯基氧化膦等醯基膦化合物、六芳基雙咪唑、肟衍生物等肟化合物、有機過氧化物、硫代化合物、酮化合物、芳香族鎓鹽、酮肟醚、胺基苯乙酮化合物及羥基苯乙酮等。作為上述具有三嗪骨架之鹵代烴化合物,例如,可舉出若林等著、Bull.Chem.Soc.Japan,42、2924(1969)記載之化合物、英國專利1388492號說明書記載之化合物、日本特開昭53-133428號公報記載之化合物、德國專利3337024號說明書記載之化合物、基於F.C.Schaefer等之J.Org.Chem.;29、1527(1964)記載之化合物、日本特開昭62-58241號公報記載之化合物、日本特開平5-281728號公報記載之化合物、日本特開平5-34920號公報記載之化合物及美國專利第4212976號說明書中記載之化合物等。As photopolymerization initiators, for example, halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (for example, those having a triazine skeleton, those having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.), acylphosphine compounds such as acylphosphine oxide, hexaarylbiimidazole, Oxime compounds such as oxime derivatives, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ketoxime ethers, aminoacetophenone compounds, hydroxyacetophenone, and the like. As the above-mentioned halogenated hydrocarbon compound having a triazine skeleton, for example, compounds described in Wakabayashi et al., Bull. Compounds described in KOKAI Publication No. 53-133428, compounds described in specification of German Patent No. 3337024, compounds described in J.Org. Chem.; 29, 1527 (1964) based on F.C. Schaefer et al., JP-A-62-58241 Compounds described in the gazette, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 5-281728, compounds described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 5-34920, compounds described in US Patent No. 4212976, and the like.

並且,從曝光靈敏度的觀點考慮,選自由三鹵甲基三嗪化合物、苄基二甲基縮酮化合物、α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚體、鎓類化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物及其衍生物、環戊二烯-苯-鐵絡合物及其鹽、鹵代甲基噁二唑化合物以及3-芳基取代香豆素化合物所組成之群組之化合物為較佳。In addition, from the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, it is selected from trihalomethyl triazine compounds, benzyl dimethyl ketal compounds, α-hydroxy ketone compounds, α-amino ketone compounds, acyl phosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, Metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triaryl imidazole dimers, onium compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds and their derivatives, cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complexes and Compounds of the group consisting of salts thereof, halomethyloxadiazole compounds and 3-aryl substituted coumarin compounds are preferred.

三鹵甲基三嗪化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚體、鎓類化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物為進一步較佳,選自由三鹵甲基三嗪化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚體及二苯甲酮化合物所組成之群組之至少1種化合物尤為佳。Trihalomethyltriazine compounds, α-amino ketone compounds, acyl phosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, oxime compounds, triaryl imidazole dimers, onium compounds, benzophenone compounds, and acetophenone compounds are further Preferably, at least one compound selected from the group consisting of trihalomethyltriazine compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, oxime compounds, triaryl imidazole dimers, and benzophenone compounds is particularly preferred.

尤其,使用本發明的組成物製作固態攝影元件的遮光膜時,需要以銳利的形狀形成微細的圖案,故與硬化性一同在未曝光部無殘渣地顯影為重要。從該種觀點考慮,使用肟化合物作為光聚合起始劑尤為佳。尤其,固態攝影元件中形成微細的圖案時,硬化用曝光中利用步進曝光,但該曝光機有時會被鹵素損傷,還需要將光聚合起始劑的添加量抑制得較低,故,若考慮該些方面,則形成如固態攝影元件的微細圖案時,作為光聚合起始劑,使用肟化合物尤為佳。並且,藉由使用肟化合物,能夠使顏色轉移性更優化。 作為光聚合起始劑的具體例,例如,能夠參閱日本特開2013-29760號公報的段落0265~0268,該內容編入本申請說明書中。In particular, when producing a light-shielding film for a solid-state imaging device using the composition of the present invention, it is necessary to form a fine pattern in a sharp shape, so it is important to develop without residue in unexposed parts together with curability. From such a viewpoint, it is particularly preferable to use an oxime compound as a photopolymerization initiator. In particular, when forming a fine pattern in a solid-state imaging element, stepping exposure is used for curing exposure, but this exposure machine may be damaged by halogen, and it is necessary to keep the amount of photopolymerization initiator added low, so, When these points are considered, it is particularly preferable to use an oxime compound as a photopolymerization initiator when forming a fine pattern such as a solid-state imaging device. Furthermore, by using an oxime compound, color transferability can be further optimized. As a specific example of a photoinitiator, paragraphs 0265-0268 of Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2013-29760 can be referred, for example, The content is incorporated in this-application specification.

作為光聚合起始劑,亦可適當地使用羥基苯乙酮化合物、胺基苯乙酮化合物及醯基膦化合物。更具體而言,例如,還能夠使用日本特開平10-291969號公報中記載之胺基苯乙酮系起始劑、日本專利第4225898號公報中記載之醯基膦系起始劑。 作為羥基苯乙酮系起始劑,能夠使用IRGACURE-184、DAROCUR-1173、IRGACURE-500、IRGACURE-2959及IRGACURE-127(商品名、均為BASF公司製造)。 作為胺基苯乙酮系起始劑,能夠使用作為市售品之IRGACURE-907、IRGACURE-369及IRGACURE-379EG(商品名、均為BASF公司製造)。胺基苯乙酮系起始劑還能夠使用吸收波長與365nm或405nm等長波光源匹配之日本特開2009-191179號公報中記載之化合物。 作為醯基膦系起始劑,能夠使用作為市售品之IRGACURE-819及DAROCUR-TPO(商品名:均為BASF公司製造)。As a photopolymerization initiator, a hydroxyacetophenone compound, an aminoacetophenone compound, and an acylphosphine compound can also be used suitably. More specifically, for example, an aminoacetophenone-based initiator described in JP-A-10-291969 and an acylphosphine-based initiator described in JP-A-4225898 can also be used. As the hydroxyacetophenone-based initiator, IRGACURE-184, DAROCUR-1173, IRGACURE-500, IRGACURE-2959, and IRGACURE-127 (trade names, all manufactured by BASF Corporation) can be used. As the aminoacetophenone-based initiator, commercially available IRGACURE-907, IRGACURE-369, and IRGACURE-379EG (trade names, all manufactured by BASF Corporation) can be used. As the aminoacetophenone-based initiator, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-191179 whose absorption wavelength matches a long-wave light source such as 365 nm or 405 nm can also be used. As the acylphosphine-based initiator, commercially available IRGACURE-819 and DAROCUR-TPO (trade names: both are manufactured by BASF Corporation) can be used.

作為光聚合起始劑,可更佳地舉出肟化合物。尤其,肟系起始劑為高靈敏度且聚合效率較高,能夠與色材濃度無關地進行硬化,易將色材的濃度設計為較高,故為較佳。 作為肟化合物的具體例,能夠使用日本特開2001-233842號公報記載之化合物、日本特開2000-80068號公報記載之化合物及日本特開2006-342166號公報記載之化合物。 在本發明中作為能夠較佳地使用之肟化合物,例如,可舉出3-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-乙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-丙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基戊烷-3-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、2-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、3-(4-甲苯磺醯氧基)亞胺基丁烷-2-酮及2-乙氧基羰氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮等。 並且,還可舉出J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年)pp.1653-1660)、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年)pp.156-162、Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology(1995年)pp.202-232、日本特開2000-66385號公報記載之化合物、日本特開2000-80068號公報、特表2004-534797號公報及日本特開2006-342166號公報的各公報中記載之化合物等。 市售品中,亦可較佳地使用IRGACURE-OXE01(BASF公司製造)、IRGACURE-OXE02(BASF公司製造)。並且,還能夠用TR-PBG-304(常州強力電子新材料有限公司製造)、Adeka Arkls NCI-831及Adeka Arkls NCI-930(ADEKA CORPORATION製造)。並且,能夠使用N-1919(ADEKA CORPORATION製造)。As a photoinitiator, an oxime compound is mentioned more preferably. In particular, an oxime-based initiator has high sensitivity and high polymerization efficiency, can be cured regardless of the concentration of the color material, and is easy to design the concentration of the color material to be high, so it is preferable. Specific examples of oxime compounds include compounds described in JP-A-2001-233842, compounds described in JP-A-2000-80068, and compounds described in JP-A-2006-342166. In the present invention, as oxime compounds that can be preferably used, for example, 3-benzoyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-acetyloxyiminobutane-2- Ketone, 3-propionyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 2-acetyloxyiminopentan-3-one, 2-acetyloxyimino-1-phenylpropane- 1-keto, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-tosyloxy)iminobutan-2-one and 2-ethoxy Carbonyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, etc. In addition, J.C.S.Perkin II (1979) pp.1653-1660), J.C.S.Perkin II (1979) pp.156-162, Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995) pp.202-232, Japan Compounds described in JP-A-2000-66385, compounds described in JP-A-2000-80068, JP-A-2004-534797, and JP-A-2006-342166, etc. Among commercially available products, IRGACURE-OXE01 (manufactured by BASF Corporation) and IRGACURE-OXE02 (manufactured by BASF Corporation) can also be preferably used. In addition, TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by Changzhou Qiangli Electronic New Material Co., Ltd.), Adeka Arkls NCI-831, and Adeka Arkls NCI-930 (manufactured by Adeka Corporation) can also be used. Also, N-1919 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION) can be used.

並且,作為上述記載以外的肟化合物,可使用在咔唑N位連結有肟之日本特表2009-519904號公報中記載之化合物、在二苯基酮部位導入有雜取代基之美國專利第7626957號公報中記載之化合物、在色素部位導入有硝基之日本特開2010-15025號公報及美國專利公開2009-292039號記載之化合物、國際公開專利2009-131189號公報中記載之酮肟化合物、在同一分子內含有三嗪骨架與肟骨架之美國專利7556910號公報中記載之化合物及在405nm具有極大吸收且對g射線光源具有良好的靈敏度之日本特開2009-221114號公報記載之化合物等。 例如可較佳地參閱日本特開2013-29760號公報的段落0274~0275,該內容引入本說明書中。 具體而言,作為肟化合物,以下述式(OX-1)表示之化合物為較佳。另外,肟的N-O鍵可以係(E)體的肟化合物,亦可以係(Z)體的肟化合物,還可以係(E)體與(Z)體的混合物。In addition, as oxime compounds other than those described above, compounds described in Japanese PCT Publication No. 2009-519904 in which an oxime is linked to the N-position of carbazole, and U.S. Patent No. 7,626,957 in which a hetero substituent is introduced into a benzophenone site can be used. Compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-15025 and U.S. Patent Publication No. 2009-292039 in which a nitro group is introduced into the pigment site, ketoxime compounds described in International Laid-Open Patent No. 2009-131189, Compounds described in U.S. Patent No. 7,556,910 that contain a triazine skeleton and an oxime skeleton in the same molecule, and compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-221114 that have a maximum absorption at 405 nm and have good sensitivity to g-ray light sources, etc. For example, paragraphs 0274 to 0275 of JP-A-2013-29760 can be preferably referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated into this specification. Specifically, as an oxime compound, a compound represented by the following formula (OX-1) is preferable. In addition, the N-O bond of the oxime may be the oxime compound of the (E) body, or the oxime compound of the (Z) body, or a mixture of the (E) body and (Z) body.

[化學式15]

Figure 02_image029
[chemical formula 15]
Figure 02_image029

通式(OX-1)中,R及B分別獨立地表示一價的取代基,A表示二價的有機基團,Ar表示芳基。 作為通式(OX-1)中以R表示之一價的取代基,一價的非金屬原子團為較佳。 作為一價的非金屬原子團,可舉出烷基、芳基、醯基、烷氧羰基、芳氧羰基、雜環基、烷基硫代羰基及芳基硫代羰基等。並且,該些基團可具有1個以上的取代基。並且,前述取代基可進一步被其他取代基取代。 作為取代基,可舉出鹵原子、芳氧基、烷氧羰基或芳氧羰基、醯氧基、醯基、烷基及芳基等。 作為通式(OX-1)中以B表示之一價的取代基,芳基、雜環基、芳基羰基或雜環羰基為較佳。該些基團可具有1個以上的取代基。作為取代基,可例示前述取代基。 作為通式(OX-1)中以A表示之二價的有機基團,碳原子數1~12的伸烷基、伸環烷基或伸炔基為較佳。該些基團可具有1個以上的取代基。作為取代基,可例示前述取代基。In the general formula (OX-1), R and B each independently represent a monovalent substituent, A represents a divalent organic group, and Ar represents an aryl group. As the monovalent substituent represented by R in the general formula (OX-1), a monovalent non-metal atomic group is preferable. Examples of the monovalent non-metal atomic group include an alkyl group, an aryl group, an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkylthiocarbonyl group, and an arylthiocarbonyl group. In addition, these groups may have one or more substituents. And, the aforementioned substituents may be further substituted with other substituents. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group or an aryloxycarbonyl group, an acyloxy group, an acyl group, an alkyl group, and an aryl group. As the one-valent substituent represented by B in the general formula (OX-1), an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an arylcarbonyl group or a heterocyclic carbonyl group are preferable. These groups may have one or more substituents. As a substituent, the said substituent can be illustrated. As the divalent organic group represented by A in the general formula (OX-1), an alkylene group, cycloalkylene group or alkynylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable. These groups may have one or more substituents. As a substituent, the said substituent can be illustrated.

本發明中,作為光聚合起始劑,還能夠使用具有氟原子之肟化合物。作為具有氟原子之肟化合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2010-262028號公報記載之化合物、日本特表2014-500852號公報記載之化合物24、36~40及日本特開2013-164471號公報記載之化合物(C-3)等。該內容引入本說明書中。In this invention, the oxime compound which has a fluorine atom can also be used as a photoinitiator. Specific examples of oxime compounds having a fluorine atom include compounds described in JP-A-2010-262028, compounds 24, 36-40 described in JP-A-2014-500852, and JP-A-2013-164471 Compound (C-3) etc. described in the gazette. This content is incorporated into this specification.

本發明中,作為光聚合起始劑,還能夠使用以下述通式(1)或(2)表示之化合物。In this invention, the compound represented by following general formula (1) or (2) can also be used as a photoinitiator.

[化學式16]

Figure 02_image031
[chemical formula 16]
Figure 02_image031

式(1)中,R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示碳原子數1~20的烷基、碳原子數4~20的脂環式烴基、碳原子數6~30的芳基或碳原子數7~30的芳烷基,R1 及R2 為苯基時,苯基彼此可鍵結而形成茀基,R3 及R4 分別獨立地表示氫原子、碳原子數1~20的烷基、碳原子數6~30的芳基、碳原子數7~30的芳烷基或碳原子數4~20的雜環基,X表示單鍵或羰基。In formula (1), R 1 and R 2 independently represent an alkyl group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group with 4 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group with 6 to 30 carbon atoms, or 7-30 aralkyl group, when R 1 and R 2 are phenyl groups, the phenyl groups can be bonded to each other to form a fenyl group, R 3 and R 4 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group with 1-20 carbon atoms , an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, or a heterocyclic group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, and X represents a single bond or a carbonyl group.

式(2)中,R1 、R2 、R3 及R4 的含義與式(1)中的R1 、R2 、R3 及R4 相同,R5 表示-R6 、-OR6 、-SR6 、-COR6 、-CONR6 R6 、-NR6 COR6 、-OCOR6 、-COOR6 、-SCOR6 、-OCSR6 、-COSR6 、-CSOR6 、-CN、鹵原子或羥基,R6 表示碳原子數1~20的烷基、碳原子數6~30的芳基、碳原子數7~30的芳烷基或碳原子數4~20的雜環基,X表示單鍵或羰基,a表示0~4的整數。In formula (2), R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 have the same meanings as R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 in formula (1), and R 5 represents -R 6 , -OR 6 , -SR 6 , -COR 6 , -CONR 6 R 6 , -NR 6 COR 6 , -OCOR 6 , -COOR 6 , -SCOR 6 , -OCSR 6 , -COSR 6 , -CSOR 6 , -CN, halogen atom or Hydroxyl, R6 represents an alkyl group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group with 6 to 30 carbon atoms, an aralkyl group with 7 to 30 carbon atoms or a heterocyclic group with 4 to 20 carbon atoms, and X represents a single a bond or a carbonyl group, and a represents an integer of 0-4.

上述式(1)及式(2)中,R1 及R2 分別獨立地為甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、環己基或苯基為較佳。R3 為甲基、乙基、苯基、甲苯基或二甲苯基為較佳。R4 為碳原子數1~6的烷基或苯基為較佳。R5 為甲基、乙基、苯基、甲苯基或萘基為較佳。X為單鍵為較佳。 作為以式(1)及式(2)表示之化合物的具體例,例如,可舉出日本特開2014-137466號公報的段落號0076~0079中記載之化合物。該內容引入本說明書中。In the above formula (1) and formula (2), it is preferable that R 1 and R 2 are independently methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, cyclohexyl or phenyl. R 3 is preferably methyl, ethyl, phenyl, tolyl or xylyl. R 4 is preferably an alkyl group or phenyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. R 5 is preferably methyl, ethyl, phenyl, tolyl or naphthyl. X is preferably a single bond. Specific examples of the compounds represented by formula (1) and formula (2) include, for example, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0076 to 0079 of JP-A-2014-137466. This content is incorporated into this specification.

以下示出可在本發明中較佳地使用之肟化合物的具體例,但本發明並不限定於該些。Specific examples of oxime compounds that can be preferably used in the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.

[化學式17]

Figure 02_image033
[chemical formula 17]
Figure 02_image033

本發明中,作為光聚合起始劑,還能夠使用具有苯并呋喃骨架之肟化合物。 作為具體例,可舉出WO2015/036910公報中記載之OE-01~OE-75。In the present invention, an oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used as a photopolymerization initiator. Specific examples include OE-01 to OE-75 described in WO2015/036910.

並且,作為市售之聚合起始劑,並無特別限定,還可舉出BASF JAPAN LTD.製造 IRGACURE OXE 01(1.2-辛二酮,1-[4-(苯硫基)-,2-(O-苯甲醯肟)])、IRGACURE OXE 02(乙酮,1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-,1-(O-乙醯肟))、2-(乙醯氧基亞胺基甲基)噻吨-9-酮、O-醯基肟系化合物(例如,ADEKA CORPORATION製ADEKAOPTOMER N-1919、Adeka Arkls NCI-831)、Adeka ArklsNCI-930、IRGACURE-OXE03、IRGACURE-OXE04等,該些內容引入本說明書中。Furthermore, the commercially available polymerization initiator is not particularly limited, and IRGACURE OXE 01 (1.2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)-, 2-( O-benzoyl oxime)]), IRGACURE OXE 02 (ethyl ketone, 1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methylbenzoyl)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]-,1 -(O-acetyloxime)), 2-(acetyloxyiminomethyl)thioxanthen-9-one, O-acyl oxime-based compounds (for example, ADEKAOPTOMER N-1919 manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION, Adeka Arkls NCI-831), Adeka ArklsNCI-930, IRGACURE-OXE03, IRGACURE-OXE04, etc., these contents are incorporated into this specification.

肟化合物係在350nm~500nm的波長區域具有極大吸收波長者為較佳,在360nm~480nm的波長區域具有極大吸收波長者為更佳,365nm及405nm的吸光度較高者尤為佳。 肟化合物中,關於365nm或405nm中的莫耳吸光系數,從靈敏度的觀點考慮,1,000~300,000為較佳,2,000~300,000為更佳,5,000~200,000為進一步較佳。 化合物的莫耳吸光系數能夠利用公知的方法,例如,藉由紫外可見分光光度計(Varian公司製造Cary-5 spctrophotometer),利用乙酸乙酯溶劑,以0.01g/L的濃度進行測定為較佳。 本發明中使用之光聚合起始劑可依據需要組合2種以上來使用。The oxime compound has a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength region of 350nm to 500nm is preferred, and one with a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength region of 360nm to 480nm is more preferred, and those with higher absorbance at 365nm and 405nm are especially preferred. Among the oxime compounds, the molar absorption coefficient at 365 nm or 405 nm is preferably from 1,000 to 300,000, more preferably from 2,000 to 300,000, and still more preferably from 5,000 to 200,000, from the viewpoint of sensitivity. The molar absorptivity of the compound can be measured by a known method, for example, with an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spctrophotometer manufactured by Varian), using ethyl acetate solvent, preferably at a concentration of 0.01 g/L. The photoinitiator used in this invention can be used combining 2 or more types as needed.

本發明的組成物含有聚合起始劑時,聚合起始劑的含量相對於組成物中的總固體成分,0.1~30質量%為較佳,1~25質量%為更佳,1~10質量%為進一步較佳。本發明的組成物可僅包含1種聚合起始劑,亦可包含2種以上。包含2種以上時,其總計量成為上述範圍為較佳。When the composition of the present invention contains a polymerization initiator, the content of the polymerization initiator is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 1 to 25% by mass, and 1 to 10% by mass relative to the total solid content of the composition. % is further preferred. The composition of this invention may contain only 1 type of polymerization initiator, and may contain 2 or more types. When containing 2 or more types, it is preferable that the total amount becomes the said range.

<溶劑> 本發明的組成物含有溶劑為較佳,含有有機溶劑為更佳。 作為有機溶劑的例子,例如,可舉出丙酮、甲乙酮、環己烷、乙酸乙酯、二氯乙烯、四氫呋喃、甲苯、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、乙二醇二甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單乙醚、乙醯丙酮、環己酮、環戊酮、二丙酮醇、乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、乙二醇乙醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單異丙醚、乙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯、3-甲氧基丙醇、甲氧基乙氧基乙醇、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇二乙基醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯(Ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate)、3-甲氧基乙酸丙酯、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、二甲基亞碸、γ-丁內酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯及乳酸乙酯等,但並不限定於該些。<Solvent> The composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent, and more preferably contains an organic solvent. Examples of organic solvents include acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexane, ethyl acetate, dichloroethylene, tetrahydrofuran, toluene, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, and ethylene glycol dimethyl ether. , propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, acetylacetone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, diacetone alcohol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol ethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoisopropyl Ether, Ethylene Glycol Monobutyl Ether Acetate, 3-Methoxypropanol, Methoxyethoxyethanol, Diethylene Glycol Monomethyl Ether, Diethylene Glycol Monoethyl Ether, Diethylene Glycol Dimethyl Ether , diethylene glycol diethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, 3-ethoxy ethyl propionate (Ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate), 3-methoxy propyl acetate, N,N-Dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide, γ-butyrolactone, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, etc., are not limited thereto.

本發明的組成物可含有1種有機溶劑,亦可含有2種以上的有機溶劑,但從調液本發明的組成物時能夠抑制含氮化鈦粒子的粒徑變動之角度考慮,含有2種以上有機溶劑。 含有2種以上的有機溶劑時,由選自上述3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、二甘醇二甲醚、乙酸丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-庚酮、環己酮、環戊酮、乙基卡必醇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲醚、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯及丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯之2種以上構成之混合溶液尤為佳。The composition of the present invention may contain one type of organic solvent, or may contain two or more types of organic solvents, but from the perspective of suppressing the particle size variation of the titanium nitride-containing particles when adjusting the composition of the present invention, it is preferable to contain two types of organic solvents. above organic solvents. When containing more than two kinds of organic solvents, it is selected from the above-mentioned methyl 3-ethoxy propionate, ethyl 3-ethoxy propionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol di Methyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol mono A mixed solution composed of two or more of methyl ether, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate is particularly preferable.

本發明的組成物含有有機溶劑時,作為有機溶劑的含量,相對於組成物的總質量,10~90質量%為較佳,60~90質量%為更佳。包含2種以上的有機溶劑時,其總計量成為上述範圍為較佳。When the composition of the present invention contains an organic solvent, the content of the organic solvent is preferably 10 to 90% by mass, more preferably 60 to 90% by mass, based on the total mass of the composition. When two or more types of organic solvents are included, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above-mentioned range.

<水> 本發明的組成物可含有水。水可以係有意添加者,亦可以係藉由添加本發明的組成物中包含之各成分而不可避免地在組成物中被含有者。 水的含量相對於組成物總質量,0.1~1質量%為較佳,0.1~0.8質量%為更佳,0.1~0.4質量%為進一步較佳。藉由水的含量在上述範圍內,製作硬化膜時的圖案形成性(解析度)優異,電極材料的防腐性亦優異。並且,藉由將水的含量相對於組成物總質量設為0.1~1質量%,能夠更加降低組成物中的顆粒量,而且組成物的黏度經時穩定性亦更優異。<Water> The composition of the present invention may contain water. Water may be added intentionally, or may be inevitably contained in the composition by adding each component contained in the composition of the present invention. The content of water is preferably from 0.1 to 1% by mass, more preferably from 0.1 to 0.8% by mass, and still more preferably from 0.1 to 0.4% by mass, based on the total mass of the composition. When content of water exists in the said range, the pattern formation property (resolution) at the time of producing a cured film is excellent, and the corrosion resistance of an electrode material is also excellent. Furthermore, by setting the water content to 0.1 to 1% by mass relative to the total mass of the composition, the amount of particles in the composition can be further reduced, and the viscosity stability of the composition over time is also more excellent.

<其他成分> 本發明的組成物中可包含上述之成分以外的其他成分。 以下,對各成分進行詳細說明。<Other Components> The composition of the present invention may contain other components than the above-mentioned components. Each component will be described in detail below.

(矽烷偶聯劑) 矽烷偶聯劑係指在分子中具有水解性基團及其以外的官能基之化合物。另外,烷氧基等水解性基團與矽原子鍵結。 水解性基團係指,與矽原子直接鍵結,並且可藉由水解反應和/或縮合反應生成矽氧烷鍵之取代基。作為水解性基團,例如,可舉出鹵原子、烷氧基、醯氧基及烯氧基。水解性基團具有碳原子時,其碳原子數為6以下為較佳,4以下為更佳。碳原子數4以下的烷氧基或碳原子數4以下的烯氧基尤為佳。 並且,為了提高基板與硬化膜之間的黏附性,矽烷偶聯劑不包含氟原子及矽原子(其中,水解性基團所鍵結之矽原子除外)為較佳,不包含氟原子、矽原子(其中,水解性基團所鍵結之矽原子除外)、被矽原子取代之伸烷基、碳原子數8以上的直鏈烷基及碳原子數3以上的支鏈烷基為較佳。(Silane coupling agent) The silane coupling agent refers to a compound having a hydrolyzable group and other functional groups in the molecule. In addition, a hydrolyzable group such as an alkoxy group is bonded to a silicon atom. The hydrolyzable group refers to a substituent that is directly bonded to a silicon atom and can form a siloxane bond through a hydrolysis reaction and/or a condensation reaction. As a hydrolyzable group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, and an alkenyloxy group are mentioned, for example. When the hydrolyzable group has carbon atoms, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 6 or less, more preferably 4 or less. An alkoxy group having 4 or less carbon atoms or an alkenyloxy group having 4 or less carbon atoms is particularly preferable. Moreover, in order to improve the adhesion between the substrate and the cured film, it is better that the silane coupling agent does not contain fluorine atoms and silicon atoms (except for silicon atoms bonded by hydrolyzable groups), and does not contain fluorine atoms, silicon atoms Atoms (except silicon atoms bonded by hydrolyzable groups), alkylene groups substituted by silicon atoms, straight-chain alkyl groups with 8 or more carbon atoms, and branched-chain alkyl groups with 3 or more carbon atoms are preferred .

矽烷偶聯劑具有以以下的式(Z)表示之基團為較佳。*表示鍵結位置。 式(Z)*-Si-(RZ13 式(Z)中,RZ1 表示水解性基團,其定義如上述。It is preferable that the silane coupling agent has a group represented by the following formula (Z). * Indicates bond position. Formula (Z)*-Si-(R Z1 ) 3 In formula (Z), R Z1 represents a hydrolyzable group, and its definition is as above.

矽烷偶聯劑具有選自由(甲基)丙烯醯氧基、環氧基及氧雜環丁基所組成之群組之1種以上的硬化性官能基為較佳。硬化性官能基可直接與矽原子鍵結,亦可經由連結基與矽原子鍵結。 另外,作為上述矽烷偶聯劑中包含之硬化性官能基的較佳態樣,還可舉出自由基聚合性基團。The silane coupling agent preferably has at least one hardening functional group selected from the group consisting of a (meth)acryloxy group, an epoxy group, and an oxetanyl group. The hardening functional group can be directly bonded to the silicon atom, or can be bonded to the silicon atom through a linking group. Moreover, a radical polymerizable group is also mentioned as a preferable aspect of the curable functional group contained in the said silane coupling agent.

矽烷偶聯劑的分子量並無特別限制,從操作性觀點考慮,100~1000的情況較多,從本發明的效果更加優異之角度考慮,270以上為較佳,270~1000為更佳。The molecular weight of the silane coupling agent is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of operability, it is often 100-1000, and from the viewpoint of better effects of the present invention, it is preferably 270 or more, and more preferably 270-1000.

作為矽烷偶聯劑的較佳態樣之一,可舉出以式(W)表示之矽烷偶聯劑X。 式(W) RZ2 -Lz-Si-(RZ13 Rz1 表示水解性基團,定義如上述。 Rz2 表示硬化性官能基,定義如上述,較佳範圍亦如上述。 Lz表示單鍵或2價的連結基。Lz表示2價的連結基時,作為2價的連結基,可舉出鹵原子可取代之伸烷基、鹵原子可取代之伸芳基、-NR12 -、-CONR12 -、-CO-、-CO2 -、SO2 NR12 -、-O-、-S-、-SO2 -及該些的組合。其中,選自由碳原子數2~10的鹵原子可取代之伸烷基及碳原子數6~12的鹵原子可取代之伸芳基所組成之群組之至少1種、或包含該些基團與選自由-NR12 -、-CONR12 -、-CO-、-CO2 -、SO2 NR12 -、-O-、-S-及SO2 -所組成之群組之至少1種基團的組合之基團為較佳,包含碳原子數2~10的鹵原子可取代之伸烷基、-CO2 -、-O-、-CO-、-CONR12 -或該些基團的組合之基團為更佳。其中,上述R12 表示氫原子或甲基。As one of the preferable aspects of the silane coupling agent, the silane coupling agent X represented by the formula (W) can be mentioned. The formula (W) R Z2 -Lz-Si-(R Z1 ) 3 R z1 represents a hydrolyzable group as defined above. R z2 represents a hardening functional group, the definition is as above, and the preferred range is also as above. Lz represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. When Lz represents a divalent linking group, examples of the divalent linking group include an alkylene group which may be substituted by a halogen atom, an arylylene group which may be substituted by a halogen atom, -NR 12 -, -CONR 12 -, -CO- , -CO 2 -, SO 2 NR 12 -, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 - and combinations thereof. Among them, at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkylene group which may be substituted by a halogen atom having 2 to 10 carbon atoms and an arylylene group which may be substituted by a halogen atom having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, or a group containing these groups group and at least one group selected from the group consisting of -NR 12 -, -CONR 12 -, -CO-, -CO 2 -, SO 2 NR 12 -, -O-, -S- and SO 2 - The combination of groups is preferably an alkylene group, -CO 2 -, -O-, -CO-, -CONR 12 - or a group consisting of a halogen atom with 2 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted Combined groups are more preferred. Wherein, the above-mentioned R 12 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.

作為矽烷偶聯劑X,可舉出N-β-胺乙基-γ-胺丙基-甲基二甲氧基矽烷(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製商品名 KBM-602)、N-β-胺乙基-γ-胺丙基-三甲氧基矽烷(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製商品名 KBM-603)、N-β-胺乙基-γ-胺丙基-三乙氧基矽烷(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製造商品名 KBE-602)、γ-胺丙基-三甲氧基矽烷(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製造商品名 KBM-903)、γ-胺丙基-三乙氧基矽烷(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製造商品名 KBE-903)、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製造商品名 KBM-503)、環氧丙氧基辛基三甲氧基矽烷(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製造商品名 KBM-4803)等。Examples of the silane coupling agent X include N-β-aminoethyl-γ-aminopropyl-methyldimethoxysilane (trade name KBM-602 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), N -β-aminoethyl-γ-aminopropyl-trimethoxysilane (trade name KBM-603 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), N-β-aminoethyl-γ-aminopropyl-trimethoxysilane Ethoxysilane (trade name KBE-602 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), γ-aminopropyl-trimethoxysilane (trade name KBM-903 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), γ-aminopropyl-triethoxysilane (trade name KBE-903 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co. , Ltd. (trade name KBM-503), glycidoxyoctyltrimethoxysilane (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. trade name KBM-4803), etc.

作為矽烷偶聯劑的其他較佳態樣,可舉出在分子內至少具有矽原子、氮原子、硬化性官能基,且具有與矽原子鍵結之水解性基團之矽烷偶聯劑Y。 該矽烷偶聯劑Y在分子內具有至少1個矽原子即可,矽原子能夠與以下的原子、取代基鍵結。該些可以係相同的原子、取代基,亦可不同。可鍵結之原子、取代基可舉出氫原子、鹵原子、羥基、碳原子數1至20的烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、可用烷基和/或芳基取代之胺基、甲矽烷基、碳原子數1至20的烷氧基以及芳氧基等。該些取代基可進一步被甲矽烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、硫代烷氧基、可用烷基和/或芳基取代之胺基、鹵原子、磺醯胺基、烷氧基羰基、醯胺基、尿素基、銨基、烷基銨基、羧基或其鹽、磺基或其鹽等。 另外,矽原子上鍵結有至少1個水解性基團。水解性基團的定義如上述。 矽烷偶聯劑Y中可包含以上述式(Z)表示之基團。Another preferred aspect of the silane coupling agent is a silane coupling agent Y having at least a silicon atom, a nitrogen atom, and a hardening functional group in the molecule, and a hydrolyzable group bonded to the silicon atom. The silane coupling agent Y only needs to have at least one silicon atom in the molecule, and the silicon atom can be bonded to the following atoms and substituents. These may be the same atom or substituent, or may be different. Atoms and substituents that can be bonded include hydrogen atoms, halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, alkyl groups with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, alkenyl groups, alkynyl groups, aryl groups, and amino groups that may be substituted with alkyl and/or aryl groups , silyl, alkoxy and aryloxy groups with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, etc. These substituents may be further substituted by silyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, thioalkoxy, amino groups that may be substituted by alkyl and/or aryl, halogen atoms, Sulfonamide group, alkoxycarbonyl group, amide group, urea group, ammonium group, alkylammonium group, carboxyl group or its salt, sulfo group or its salt, etc. In addition, at least one hydrolyzable group is bonded to the silicon atom. The definition of the hydrolyzable group is as above. The silane coupling agent Y may contain a group represented by the above formula (Z).

矽烷偶聯劑Y在分子內具有至少1個以上的氮原子,氮原子以2級胺基或者3級胺基的形態存在為較佳,亦即,氮原子作為取代基具有至少1個有機基團為較佳。另外,作為胺基的結構,可以以含氮雜環的部分結構的形態存在於分子內,亦可作為苯胺等取代胺基存在。 其中,作為有機基團,可舉出烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基或該些的組合。該些可進一步具有取代基,作為可導入之取代基,可舉出甲矽烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、硫代烷氧基、胺基、鹵原子、磺醯胺基、烷氧基羰基、羰基氧基、醯胺基、尿素基、伸烷氧基銨基、烷基銨基、羧基或其鹽、磺基等。 並且,氮原子經由任意的有機連結基與硬化性官能基鍵結為較佳。作為較佳之有機連結基,可舉出可導入到上述氮原子及與其鍵結之有機基團之取代基。The silane coupling agent Y has at least one nitrogen atom in the molecule, and the nitrogen atom is preferably in the form of a secondary amino group or a tertiary amino group, that is, the nitrogen atom has at least one organic group as a substituent Group is better. In addition, as the structure of the amino group, it may exist in the molecule as a partial structure of a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring, or may exist as a substituted amino group such as aniline. Among these, examples of the organic group include an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, or a combination thereof. These may further have substituents, and examples of substituents that can be introduced include silyl groups, alkenyl groups, alkynyl groups, aryl groups, alkoxy groups, aryloxy groups, thioalkoxy groups, amino groups, and halogen atoms. , sulfonamide group, alkoxycarbonyl group, carbonyloxy group, amido group, urea group, alkyleneoxyammonium group, alkylammonium group, carboxyl group or its salt, sulfo group and the like. Furthermore, it is preferable that the nitrogen atom is bonded to the curable functional group via an arbitrary organic linking group. As a preferable organic linking group, the substituent which can be introduced into the said nitrogen atom and the organic group bonded to it is mentioned.

矽烷偶聯劑Y中包含之硬化性官能基的定義如上述,較佳範圍亦如上述。 矽烷偶聯劑Y中,在一分子中可以具有至少1個以上的硬化性官能基,但亦可取具有2個以上的硬化性官能基之態樣,從靈敏度、穩定性的觀點考慮,具有2~20個硬化性官能基為較佳,具有4~15個為進一步較佳,在分子內具有6~10個硬化性官能基為最佳態樣。The definition of the hardening functional group contained in the silane coupling agent Y is as above, and the preferred range is also as above. The silane coupling agent Y may have at least one hardening functional group in one molecule, but it may also have two or more hardening functional groups. From the viewpoint of sensitivity and stability, it has 2 or more hardening functional groups. It is preferable to have ˜20 curable functional groups, it is more preferred to have 4 to 15 curable functional groups, and it is the most optimal aspect to have 6 to 10 curable functional groups in the molecule.

矽烷偶聯劑X及矽烷偶聯劑Y的分子量並無特別限制,可舉出上述範圍(270以上為較佳)。The molecular weights of the silane coupling agent X and the silane coupling agent Y are not particularly limited, and the above-mentioned ranges can be mentioned (preferably 270 or more).

本發明的組成物中的矽烷偶聯劑的含量相對於組成物中的總固體成分,0.1~10質量%為較佳,0.5~8質量%為更佳,1.0~6質量%為進一步較佳。The content of the silane coupling agent in the composition of the present invention is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 8% by mass, and still more preferably 1.0 to 6% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition. .

本發明的組成物可單獨包含1種矽烷偶聯劑,亦可包含2種以上。組成物包含2種以上的矽烷偶聯劑時,其總計在上述範圍內即可。The composition of this invention may contain 1 type of silane coupling agent independently, and may contain 2 or more types. When the composition contains two or more types of silane coupling agents, the total of them may be within the above-mentioned range.

(紫外線吸收劑) 本發明的組成物中可包含紫外線吸收劑。藉此,能夠將圖案形狀設為更優異(精細)者。 作為紫外線吸收劑,可使用水楊酸鹽系、二苯甲酮系、苯并三唑系、取代丙烯腈系、三嗪系紫外線吸收劑。作為該些的具體例,可使用日本特開2012-068418號公報的段落0137~0142(對應之US2012/0068292的段落0251~0254)的化合物,能夠援用該些內容並引入本說明書中。 此外,二乙基胺基-苯基磺醯基系紫外線吸收劑(DAITO CHEMICAL CO., LTD.製造、商品名:UV-503)等亦可較佳地使用。 作為紫外線吸收劑,可舉出日本特開2012-32556號公報的段落0134~0148中例示之化合物。 本發明的組成物可包含紫外線吸收劑,亦可不包含,但包含時,紫外線吸收劑的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分,0.001~15質量%為較佳,0.01~10質量%為更佳,0.1~5質量%為進一步較佳。(Ultraviolet absorber) The composition of this invention may contain an ultraviolet absorber. Thereby, the pattern shape can be set to a more excellent (fine) one. As the ultraviolet absorber, salicylate-based, benzophenone-based, benzotriazole-based, substituted acrylonitrile-based, and triazine-based ultraviolet absorbers can be used. As specific examples thereof, compounds of paragraphs 0137 to 0142 of JP-A-2012-068418 (corresponding to paragraphs 0251 to 0254 of US2012/0068292) can be used, and these contents can be incorporated into the present specification. In addition, a diethylamino-phenylsulfonyl-based ultraviolet absorber (manufactured by DAITO CHEMICAL CO., LTD., trade name: UV-503) and the like can also be preferably used. Examples of the ultraviolet absorber include compounds exemplified in paragraphs 0134 to 0148 of JP-A-2012-32556. The composition of the present invention may or may not contain an ultraviolet absorber, but when included, the content of the ultraviolet absorber is preferably 0.001 to 15% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition , 0.1 to 5% by mass is still more preferable.

(界面活性劑) 關於本發明的組成物,從更加提高塗佈性之觀點考慮,可含有各種界面活性劑。作為界面活性劑,可使用氟系界面活性劑、非離子系界面活性劑、陽離子系界面活性劑、陰離子系界面活性劑及矽酮系界面活性劑等各種界面活性劑。(Surfactant) The composition of the present invention may contain various surfactants from the viewpoint of further improving coatability. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as fluorine-based surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, and silicone-based surfactants can be used.

藉由使本發明的組成物中含有氟系界面活性劑,製備成塗佈液時的液體特性(尤其,流動性)更加提高,能夠更加改善塗佈厚度的均勻性和省液性。亦即,使用適用含有氟系界面活性劑之組成物之塗佈液來形成膜時,被塗佈面與塗佈液之間的界面張力下降,向被塗佈面的潤濕性得到改善,向被塗佈面的塗佈性得到提高。故,能夠更佳地形成厚度不均較小之均勻厚度的膜。By including the fluorine-based surfactant in the composition of the present invention, the liquid properties (especially, fluidity) when prepared as a coating liquid are further improved, and the uniformity of coating thickness and liquid-saving property can be further improved. That is, when a film is formed using a coating solution containing a composition containing a fluorine-based surfactant, the interfacial tension between the surface to be coated and the coating solution decreases, and the wettability to the surface to be coated is improved. The applicability to the surface to be coated is improved. Therefore, it is possible to more preferably form a film having a uniform thickness with less unevenness in thickness.

氟系界面活性劑中的氟含有率為3~40質量%為較佳,5~30質量%為更佳,7~25質量%尤為佳。氟含有率在該範圍內之氟系界面活性劑在塗佈膜的厚度的均勻性和省液性方面有效,組成物中的溶解性亦良好。The fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably from 3 to 40% by mass, more preferably from 5 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably from 7 to 25% by mass. A fluorine-based surfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective in uniformity of coating film thickness and liquid-saving property, and also has good solubility in the composition.

作為氟系界面活性劑,例如,可舉出Megaface F171、Megaface F172、Megaface F173、Megaface F176、Megaface F177、Megaface F141、Megaface F142、Megaface F143、Megaface F144、Megaface R30、Megaface F437、Megaface F475、Megaface F479、Megaface F482、Megaface F554、Megaface F780、RS-72-K(以上,DIC CORPORATION製造)、Fluorado FC430、Fluorado FC431、Fluorado FC171(以上,3M Japan Limited製造)、Surflon S-382、Surflon SC-101、Surflon SC-103、Surflon SC-104、Surflon SC-105、Surflon SC1068、Surflon SC-381、Surflon SC-383、Surflon S393、Surflon KH-40(以上,ASAHI GLASS CO., LTD.製造)、PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520及PF7002(OMNOVA SOLUTIONS INC.製造)等。氟系界面活性劑還能夠使用日本特開2015-117327號公報的段落0015~0158中記載之化合物。作為氟系界面活性劑,還能夠使用嵌段聚合物,作為具體例,例如,可舉出日本特開2011-89090號公報中記載之化合物。 氟系界面活性劑亦能夠較佳地使用如下含氟高分子化合物,其包含源自具有氟原子之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物之重複單元及源自具有2個以上(5個以上為較佳)伸烷氧基(乙烯氧基、丙烯氧基為較佳)之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物之重複單元,下述化合物亦作為本發明中使用之氟系界面活性劑來例示。Examples of fluorine-based surfactants include Megaface F171, Megaface F172, Megaface F173, Megaface F176, Megaface F177, Megaface F141, Megaface F142, Megaface F143, Megaface F144, Megaface R30, Megaface F437, Megaface F475, Megaface F479 , Megaface F482, Megaface F554, Megaface F780, RS-72-K (above, manufactured by DIC CORPORATION), Fluorado FC430, Fluorado FC431, Fluorado FC171 (above, manufactured by 3M Japan Limited), Surflon S-382, Surflon SC-101, Surflon SC-103, Surflon SC-104, Surflon SC-105, Surflon SC1068, Surflon SC-381, Surflon SC-383, Surflon S393, Surflon KH-40 (above, manufactured by ASAHI GLASS CO., LTD.), PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, and PF7002 (manufactured by OMNOVA SOLUTIONS INC.), etc. As the fluorine-based surfactant, compounds described in paragraphs 0015 to 0158 of JP-A-2015-117327 can also be used. A block polymer can also be used as a fluorine-type surfactant, and as a specific example, the compound described in Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2011-89090 is mentioned, for example. Fluorine-based surfactants can also preferably use the following fluorine-containing polymer compounds, which include repeating units derived from (meth)acrylate compounds having fluorine atoms and derived from 2 or more (5 or more are preferred) ) repeating unit of (meth)acrylate compound of alkyleneoxy group (ethyleneoxy group and propyleneoxy group are preferred), and the following compounds are also exemplified as the fluorine-based surfactant used in the present invention.

[化學式18]

Figure 02_image035
[chemical formula 18]
Figure 02_image035

上述化合物的重量平均分子量為3,000~50,000為較佳,例如為14,000。 並且,還能夠將在側鏈具有烯屬不飽和基之含氟聚合物用作氟系界面活性劑。作為具體例,可舉出日本特開2010-164965號公報0050~0090段落及0289~0295段落中記載之化合物,例如DIC CORPORATION製造的Megaface RS-101、RS-102、RS-718K及RS-72-K等。The weight average molecular weight of the above-mentioned compound is preferably 3,000-50,000, for example, 14,000. Furthermore, a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group in a side chain can also be used as a fluorine-based surfactant. Specific examples include compounds described in paragraphs 0050-0090 and 0289-0295 of JP-A-2010-164965, such as Megaface RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K and RS-72 manufactured by DIC CORPORATION. -K etc.

作為非離子系界面活性劑,具體而言,可舉出甘油、三羥甲基丙烷、三羥甲基乙烷以及該些的乙氧基化物及丙氧基化物(例如,甘油丙氧基化物、甘油乙氧基化物等)、聚氧乙烯月桂基醚、聚氧乙烯硬脂醚、聚氧乙烯油基醚、聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、脫水山梨醇脂肪酸酯(BASF公司製造的Pluronic L10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2、TETRONIC 304、701、704、901、904、150R1及SOLSPERSE 20000(The Lubrizol Corporatin製造)等。並且,還能夠使用Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.製造的NCW-101、NCW-1001及NCW-1002。As the nonionic surfactant, specifically, glycerin, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and their ethoxylates and propoxylates (for example, glycerin propoxylate , glycerin ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene Glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester (Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2, TETRONIC 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1, SOLSPERSE 20000 (manufactured by The Lubrizol Corporation), etc. In addition, NCW-101, NCW-1001 and NCW-1002 manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd. can also be used.

作為陽離子系界面活性劑,具體而言,可舉出酞菁衍生物(商品名:EFKA-745、MORISHITA & CO., LTD.製造)、有機矽氧烷聚合物KP341(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)、(甲基)丙烯酸系(共)聚合物Polyflow No.75、No.90、No.95(KYOEISHA CHEMICAL CO., LTD製造)及W001(Yusho Co Ltd製造)等。Specific examples of cationic surfactants include phthalocyanine derivatives (trade name: EFKA-745, manufactured by MORISHITA & CO., LTD.), organosiloxane polymer KP341 (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co. , Ltd.), (meth)acrylic (co)polymer Polyflow No.75, No.90, No.95 (manufactured by KYOEISHA CHEMICAL CO., LTD.), W001 (manufactured by Yusho Co Ltd), etc.

作為陰離子系界面活性劑,具體而言,可舉出W004、W005、W017(Yusho Co Ltd製造)及Sandetto BL(Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd.製造)等。Specific examples of the anionic surfactant include W004, W005, W017 (manufactured by Yusho Co Ltd), Sandetto BL (manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd.), and the like.

作為矽酮系界面活性劑,例如,可舉出Toray Silicone DC3PA、Toray Silicone SH7PA、Toray Silicone DC11PA、Toray Silicone SH21PA、Toray Silicone SH28PA、Toray Silicone SH29PA、Toray Silicone SH30PA、Toray Silicone SH8400(以上,Dow Corning Toray Co.,Ltd.製造)、TSF-4440、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上,Momentive Performance Materials Inc.製造)、KP341、KF6001、KF6002(以上,Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)、BYK307、BYK323及BYK330(以上,BYK Additives & Instruments製造)等。Examples of silicone surfactants include Toray Silicone DC3PA, Toray Silicone SH7PA, Toray Silicone DC11PA, Toray Silicone SH21PA, Toray Silicone SH28PA, Toray Silicone SH29PA, Toray Silicone SH30PA, Toray Silicone SH8400 (above, Dow Corning Toray Co., Ltd.), TSF-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (above, manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials Inc.), KP341, KF6001, KF6002 (above, Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), BYK307, BYK323 and BYK330 (above, manufactured by BYK Additives & Instruments), etc.

界面活性劑可僅使用1種,亦可組合2種以上。界面活性劑的含量相對於本發明的組成物的總固體成分,0.001~2.0質量%為較佳,0.005~1.0質量%為更佳。Surfactants may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001 to 2.0% by mass, more preferably 0.005 to 1.0% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.

除了上述成分以外,本發明的組成物中亦可進一步添加以下成分。例如,可舉出敏化劑、共敏化劑、交聯劑、硬化促進劑、填料、熱硬化促進劑、聚合抑制劑、增塑劑、稀釋劑、感脂化劑,而且,還可依據需要添加對基板表面的黏附促進劑及其他助劑類(例如,導電性粒子、填充劑、消泡劑、阻燃劑、流平劑、剝離促進劑、抗氧化劑、香料、表面張力調整劑及鏈轉移劑等)等公知的添加劑。 該些成分例如能夠參閱日本特開2012-003225號公報的段落號0183~0228(對應之美國專利申請公開第2013/0034812號說明書的<0237>~<0309>)、日本特開2008-250074號公報的段落號0101~0102、段落號0103~0104、段落號0107~0109、日本特開2013-195480號公報的段落號0159~0184等的記載,該些內容引入本說明書中。In addition to the above-mentioned components, the following components may be further added to the composition of the present invention. For example, sensitizers, co-sensitizers, cross-linking agents, hardening accelerators, fillers, thermosetting accelerators, polymerization inhibitors, plasticizers, diluents, fat-sensitizing agents, and also based on It is necessary to add adhesion promoters and other additives to the surface of the substrate (for example, conductive particles, fillers, defoamers, flame retardants, leveling agents, peeling accelerators, antioxidants, fragrances, surface tension regulators and chain transfer agent, etc.) and other known additives. These components can be referred to, for example, paragraphs 0183-0228 of JP-A-2012-003225 (corresponding <0237>-<0309> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0034812), JP-A-2008-250074 The descriptions in paragraph numbers 0101 to 0102, paragraph numbers 0103 to 0104, paragraph numbers 0107 to 0109, and paragraph numbers 0159 to 0184 of JP-A-2013-195480 are incorporated into this specification.

(著色劑) 本發明的組成物還能夠使用上述含氮化鈦粒子以外的著色劑(以下,還簡單稱作“著色劑”。)。著色劑例如為了調整組成物的色度而使用,能夠在OD值不下降之範圍內,將氮化鈦的一部分替換為著色劑。作為該種著色劑,可舉出顔料(黑色有機顔料及彩色有機顏料的有機顔料以及無機顔料)及染料等。(Colorant) In the composition of the present invention, a colorant other than the above-mentioned titanium nitride-containing particles (hereinafter also simply referred to as “colorant”) can be used. The colorant is used, for example, to adjust the chromaticity of the composition, and part of the titanium nitride can be replaced by the colorant within the range in which the OD value does not decrease. Examples of such colorants include pigments (black organic pigments and colored organic pigments, organic pigments and inorganic pigments), dyes, and the like.

作為著色劑,使用顔料為較佳。藉此,易製造波長在400~700nm的範圍的透射率的標準偏差較小之膜。尤其,作為顔料使用黑色顔料(黑色有機顔料及黑色無機顔料)時,易製造上述範圍的透射率的標準偏差為10%以下的膜。As a colorant, it is preferable to use a pigment. This makes it easy to manufacture a film with a small standard deviation of transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm. In particular, when a black pigment (a black organic pigment and a black inorganic pigment) is used as a pigment, it is easy to manufacture a film in which the standard deviation of the transmittance in the above range is 10% or less.

((顔料)) 作為顔料,可舉出以往公知的各種顏料。 作為彩色有機顏料,可舉出以下者。但本發明並不限定於該些。 染料索引(C.I.)顏料黃1,2,3,4,5,6,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,20,24,31,32,34,35,35:1,36,36:1,37,37:1,40,42,43,53,55,60,61,62,63,65,73,74,77,81,83,86,93,94,95,97,98,100,101,104,106,108,109,110,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,123,125,126,127,128,129,137,138,139,147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,179,180,181,182,185,187,188,193,194,199,213,214等、 C.I.顏料橙 2,5,13,16,17:1,31,34,36,38,43,46,48,49,51,52,55,59,60,61,62,64,71,73等、 C.I.顏料紅 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,14,17,22,23,31,38,41,48:1,48:2,48:3,48:4,49,49:1,49:2,52:1,52:2,53:1,57:1,60:1,63:1,66,67,81:1,81:2,81:3,83,88,90,105,112,119,122,123,144,146,149,150,155,166,168,169,170,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184,185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,264,270,272,279等、 C.I.顏料綠 7,10,36,37,58,59等 C.I.顏料紫 1,19,23,27,32,37,42等 C.I.顏料藍 1,2,15,15:1,15:2,15:3,15:4,15:6,16,22,60,64,66,79,80等((Pigment)) Examples of the pigment include conventionally known various pigments. As a color organic pigment, the following are mentioned. However, the present invention is not limited to these. Color Index (C.I.) Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35 : 1, 36, 36: 1, 37, 37: 1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 86, 93, 94 , 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 137 , 138, 139, 147, 148, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176 , 177, 179, 180, 181, 182, 185, 187, 188, 193, 194, 199, 213, 214, etc., C.I. Pigment Orange 2, 5, 13, 16, 17: 1, 31, 34, 36, 38 , 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 52, 55, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 71, 73, etc., C.I. Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10 , 14, 17, 22, 23, 31, 38, 41, 48:1, 48:2, 48:3, 48:4, 49, 49:1, 49:2, 52:1, 52:2, 53 :1, 57:1, 60:1, 63:1, 66, 67, 81:1, 81:2, 81:3, 83, 88, 90, 105, 112, 119, 122, 123, 144, 146 , 149, 150, 155, 166, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 184, 185, 187, 188, 190, 200, 202, 206, 207, 208, 209 , 210, 216, 220, 224, 226, 242, 246, 254, 255, 264, 270, 272, 279, etc., C.I. Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37, 58, 59, etc. C.I. Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 32, 37, 42, etc. C.I. Pigment Blue 1, 2, 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 22, 60, 64, 66, 79 , 80 etc.

並且,作為綠色顔料,還能夠使用分子中的鹵原子數為平均10~14個、溴原子為平均8~12個、氯原子為平均2~5個之鹵化鋅酞菁顔料。作為具體例,可舉出國際公開第2015/118720號中記載之化合物。 該些有機顔料可單獨或者為了提高顏色純度而組合複數種來使用。Furthermore, as a green pigment, a zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment having an average of 10 to 14 halogen atoms, an average of 8 to 12 bromine atoms, and an average of 2 to 5 chlorine atoms in the molecule can also be used. Specific examples include compounds described in International Publication No. 2015/118720. These organic pigments can be used individually or in combination of several types in order to improve color purity.

黑色顔料能夠使用各種公知的黑色顔料。例如,可舉出碳黑或以下示出之含黑色金屬有機顏料。作為含黑色金屬有機顏料,可舉出包含選自由Co、Cr、Cu、Mn,Ru、Fe、Ni、Sn、Ti及Ag所組成之群組之1種或2種以上的金屬元素之金屬氧化物、金屬氮化物。該些能夠僅使用1種,並且,還能夠作為2種以上的混合物來使用。並且,可藉由對黑色顔料進一步組合其他色調的無機顔料,製備成具有所希望的遮光性。作為可組合來使用之具體的無機顔料的例子,例如,可舉出鋅白、鉛白、鋅鋇白、氧化鈦、氧化鉻、氧化鐵、沉降性硫酸鋇及重晶石粉、鉛紅、氧化鐵紅、鉻黃、鋅黃(鋅黃1種、鋅黃2種)、群青藍、普魯士藍(亞鐵氰化鐵鉀)鋯石灰色、鐠黃、鉻鈦黃、鉻綠、孔雀、維多利亞綠、鐵藍(與普魯士藍無關)、釩鋯藍、鉻錫紅、錳紅、橙紅等。尤其,為了顯現紫外至紅外的較廣的波長域中的遮光性,不僅能夠單獨使用該些黑色顔料或其他色調,亦可混合複數種顔料來使用。Various well-known black pigments can be used for a black pigment. For example, carbon black or the black metal-containing organic pigment shown below is mentioned. Examples of black metal-containing organic pigments include metal oxides containing one or more metal elements selected from the group consisting of Co, Cr, Cu, Mn, Ru, Fe, Ni, Sn, Ti, and Ag. substances, metal nitrides. These can be used only by 1 type, and can also use it as a mixture of 2 or more types. In addition, it can be prepared to have desired light-shielding properties by further combining inorganic pigments of other hues with black pigments. Examples of specific inorganic pigments that can be used in combination include zinc white, lead white, lithopone, titanium oxide, chromium oxide, iron oxide, precipitated barium sulfate and barite powder, lead red, oxide Iron red, chrome yellow, zinc yellow (1 type of zinc yellow, 2 types of zinc yellow), ultramarine blue, Prussian blue (potassium ferrocyanide) zircon gray, chrome yellow, chrome titanium yellow, chrome green, peacock, Victoria Green, iron blue (not related to Prussian blue), vanadium zirconium blue, chrome tin red, manganese red, orange red, etc. In particular, in order to express light-shielding properties in a wide wavelength range from ultraviolet to infrared, not only these black pigments or other color tones can be used alone, but also a plurality of pigments can be mixed and used.

黑色顔料為碳黑、鈦黑為較佳,從具有紫外至紅外的較廣的波長域的遮光性之觀點考慮,鈦黑尤為佳。鈦黑係具有鈦原子之黑色粒子。低次氧化鈦或氧氮化鈦等為較佳。雖無特別限定,但作為氧氮化鈦,能夠使用如國際公開2008/123097號公報、日本特開2009-58946、日本特開2010-14848、日本特開2010-97210及日本特開2011-2274670等的氧氮化鈦,並且,能夠使用如日本特開2010-95716的氧氮化鈦與碳化鈦的混合物等。為了提高分散性、抑制凝聚性等,能夠依據需要修飾鈦黑粒子的表面。能夠藉由氧化矽、氧化鈦、氧化鍺、氧化鋁、氧化鎂、氧化鋯包覆,並且,還能夠進行如日本特開2007-302836號公報所示之藉由疏水性物質的處理。為了調整分散性、著色性等,鈦黑可含有1種Cu、Fe、Mn、V、Ni等的複合氧化物、氧化鈷、氧化鐵、碳黑等黑色顔料,或者以2種以上的組合來含有。The black pigment is preferably carbon black or titanium black, and titanium black is particularly preferred from the viewpoint of having light-shielding properties in a wide wavelength range from ultraviolet to infrared. Titanium black is black particles with titanium atoms. Low-order titanium oxide, titanium oxynitride, etc. are preferred. Although not particularly limited, as titanium oxynitride, for example, International Publication No. 2008/123097, JP-A 2009-58946, JP-A 2010-14848, JP-A 2010-97210 and JP-A 2011-2274670 can be used. Titanium oxynitride, etc., and a mixture of titanium oxynitride and titanium carbide such as JP 2010-95716 can be used. In order to improve dispersibility, suppress aggregation, etc., the surface of titanium black particles can be modified as needed. It can be coated with silicon oxide, titanium oxide, germanium oxide, aluminum oxide, magnesium oxide, and zirconium oxide, and can also be treated with a hydrophobic substance as shown in JP-A-2007-302836. In order to adjust dispersibility, colorability, etc., titanium black can contain black pigments such as a composite oxide of Cu, Fe, Mn, V, Ni, etc., cobalt oxide, iron oxide, and carbon black, or a combination of two or more contain.

作為鈦黑的製造方法,有藉由還原氛圍對二氧化鈦與金屬鈦的混合體進行加熱還原之方法(日本特開昭49-5432號公報)、在包含氫之還原氛圍中對藉由四氯化鈦的高溫水解來獲得之超微細二氧化鈦進行還原之方法(日本特開昭57-205322號公報)、在氨存在下對二氧化鈦或氫氧化鈦進行高溫還原之方法(日本特開昭60-65069號公報、日本特開昭61-201610號公報)、使釩化合物附著於二氧化鈦或氫氧化鈦並在氨存在下進行高溫還原之方法(日本特開昭61-201610號公報)等。但本發明並非限定於該些。As a method for producing titanium black, there is a method of heating and reducing a mixture of titanium dioxide and metal titanium in a reducing atmosphere (Japanese Patent Laying-Open No. 49-5432), and reducing the amount of titanium dioxide produced by tetrachloride in a reducing atmosphere containing hydrogen. A method for reducing ultra-fine titanium dioxide obtained by high-temperature hydrolysis of titanium (Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 57-205322), a method for high-temperature reduction of titanium dioxide or titanium hydroxide in the presence of ammonia (Japanese Patent Application No. 60-65069 Gazette, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 61-201610), a method of attaching a vanadium compound to titanium dioxide or titanium hydroxide and performing high-temperature reduction in the presence of ammonia (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 61-201610), etc. However, the present invention is not limited to these.

鈦黑的比表面積並無特別限制,但藉由BET(Brunauer,Emmett,Teller)法測定之值為5m2 /g以上150m2 /g以下為較佳,20m2 /g以上120m2 /g以下為更佳。 作為鈦黑的市售品的例子,可舉出鈦黑10S、12S、13R、13M、13M-C、13R、13R-N、13M-T(商品名:Mitsubishi Materials Corporation製造)、Tilack(Tilack)D(商品名:Ako Kasei Co., Ltd.製造)等。The specific surface area of titanium black is not particularly limited, but the value measured by the BET (Brunauer, Emmett, Teller) method is preferably 5m 2 /g to 150m 2 /g, and 20m 2 /g to 120m 2 /g for better. Examples of commercially available titanium black include titanium black 10S, 12S, 13R, 13M, 13M-C, 13R, 13R-N, 13M-T (trade name: manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Corporation), Tilack (Tilack) D (trade name: manufactured by Ako Kasei Co., Ltd.), etc.

上述黑色顔料的平均一次粒徑為5nm以上為較佳,10nm以上為更佳。從相同的觀點考慮,作為上限,10μm以下為較佳,1μm以下為更佳,100nm以下為進一步較佳。黑色顔料的平均一次粒徑設為藉由以下方法測定之值。設為,藉由丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯將包含黑色顔料之混合液稀釋成80倍,對所獲得之稀釋液,利用動態光散射法測定之值。該測定中,設為利用NIKKISO CO., LTD.製造Microtrac (商品名)UPA-EX150進行來獲得之平均粒徑。The average primary particle diameter of the above-mentioned black pigment is preferably 5 nm or more, more preferably 10 nm or more. From the same viewpoint, the upper limit is preferably 10 μm or less, more preferably 1 μm or less, and still more preferably 100 nm or less. The average primary particle diameter of a black pigment is set as the value measured by the following method. The value measured by the dynamic light scattering method was made into the diluted liquid obtained by diluting the mixed liquid containing the black pigment 80 times with propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate. In this measurement, the average particle diameter obtained by using Microtrac (trade name) UPA-EX150 manufactured by NIKKISO CO., LTD. was used.

而且,含有包含鈦黑及Si原子之被分散體作為鈦黑亦較佳。 該形態中,鈦黑係在組成物中作為被分散體而含有者,被分散體中的Si原子與Ti原子的含有比(Si/Ti)以質量換算計,0.05以上為較佳,0.05~0.5為更佳,0.07~0.4為進一步較佳。 其中,上述被分散體包含鈦黑為一次粒子的狀態者、凝聚體(二次粒子)的狀態者双方。 為了變更被分散體的Si/Ti(例如,設為0.05以上),能夠採用如下手段。 首先,藉由利用分散機分散氧化鈦與二氧化矽粒子來獲得分散物,並在高溫(例如,850~1000℃)下對該分散物進行還原處理,藉此獲得以鈦黑粒子作為主成分並含有Si與Ti之被分散體。上述還原處理還能夠在氨等還原性氣體的氛圍下進行。 作為氧化鈦,可舉出TTO-51N(商品名:Ishihara Sangyo Kaisha, Ltd.製造)等。 藉由等離子體法之製作之氧化鈦,其粒徑小於市售的氧化鈦微粒,故能夠較佳地使用(參閱日本金屬學會誌第63卷第1號(1999)74-81的記載)。 作為二氧化矽粒子的市售品,可舉出AEROSIL(註冊商標)90、130、150、200、255、300、380(商品名:Evonik Japan Co., Ltd.製造)等。 氧化鈦與二氧化矽粒子的分散中還可使用分散劑。作為分散劑可舉出前述之分散劑一欄中說明者。 上述分散可在溶劑中進行。作為溶劑,可舉出水、有機溶劑。可舉出前述之有機溶劑一欄中說明者。 Si/Ti例如調整為0.05以上等之鈦黑例如能夠藉由日本特開2008-266045號公報的段落號〔0005〕及段落號〔0016〕~〔0021〕中記載之方法製作。Furthermore, it is also preferable to contain a dispersed body containing titanium black and Si atoms as titanium black. In this form, titanium black is contained in the composition as a dispersed body, and the content ratio (Si/Ti) of Si atoms and Ti atoms in the dispersed body is calculated by mass conversion, preferably 0.05 or more, and 0.05~ 0.5 is more preferable, and 0.07-0.4 is still more preferable. Here, the above-mentioned to-be-dispersed body includes both those in which titanium black is in the state of primary particles and those in the state of aggregates (secondary particles). In order to change the Si/Ti of the dispersed body (for example, set it to 0.05 or more), the following means can be adopted. First, a dispersion is obtained by dispersing titanium oxide and silica particles with a disperser, and the dispersion is subjected to a reduction treatment at a high temperature (for example, 850 to 1000°C), thereby obtaining titanium black particles as the main component And contains Si and Ti to be dispersed. The above reduction treatment can also be performed in an atmosphere of a reducing gas such as ammonia. Examples of titanium oxide include TTO-51N (trade name: manufactured by Ishihara Sangyo Kaisha, Ltd.) and the like. Titanium oxide produced by the plasma method has a smaller particle size than commercially available titanium oxide particles, so it can be used preferably (refer to the records in Journal of the Japan Metal Society Vol. 63 No. 1 (1999) 74-81). Examples of commercially available silica particles include Aerosil (registered trademark) 90, 130, 150, 200, 255, 300, and 380 (trade name: manufactured by Evonik Japan Co., Ltd.) and the like. A dispersant can also be used for the dispersion of titanium oxide and silica particles. Examples of the dispersant include those described above in the section of the dispersant. The above dispersion can be performed in a solvent. As a solvent, water and an organic solvent are mentioned. Examples thereof include those described in the above-mentioned column of organic solvents. Titanium black whose Si/Ti is adjusted to, for example, 0.05 or more can be produced by the method described in paragraph [0005] and paragraph [0016] to [0021] of JP-A-2008-266045, for example.

藉由將包含鈦黑及Si原子之被分散體中的Si原子與Ti原子的含有比(Si/Ti)調整為適當的範圍(例如,0.05以上),利用包含該被分散體之組成物形成遮光膜時,遮光膜的形成區域外的源自組成物的殘渣物減少。另外,残渣物係包含源自鈦黑粒子、樹脂成分等組成物之成分者。 雖然尚不明確殘渣物減少之理由,但推斷如下:如上述被分散體具有變成小粒徑之趨勢(例如,粒徑為30nm以下),而且該被分散體的包含Si原子之成分增加,藉此膜整體與基底的吸附性降低,這有助於提高遮光膜形成時的未硬化的組成物(尤其,鈦黑)的顯影去除性。 並且,鈦黑相對於遍及紫外光至紅外光的廣範圍之波長區域的光之遮光性優異,故利用上述包含鈦黑及Si原子之被分散體(Si/Ti以質量換算計,0.05以上者為較佳)來形成之遮光膜發揮優異的遮光性。 另外,被分散體中的Si原子與Ti原子的含有比(Si/Ti)例如能夠利用日本特開2013-249417號公報的段落0033中記載之方法(1-1)或方法(1-2)測定。 並且,對使組成物硬化來獲得之遮光膜中含有之被分散體,判斷該被分散體中的Si原子與Ti原子的含有比(Si/Ti)是否為0.05以上時,利用日本特開2013-249417號公報的段落0035中記載之方法(2)。By adjusting the content ratio (Si/Ti) of Si atoms and Ti atoms in the dispersed body containing titanium black and Si atoms to an appropriate range (for example, 0.05 or more), using a composition containing the dispersed body to form When the light-shielding film is used, the residue derived from the composition outside the formation area of the light-shielding film is reduced. In addition, the residue contains components derived from the composition such as titanium black particles and resin components. Although the reason for the reduction of residues is not yet clear, it is inferred as follows: as the above-mentioned dispersed body has a tendency to become small in particle size (for example, the particle size is 30nm or less), and the components containing Si atoms in the dispersed body increase, by This decrease in the adsorption of the film as a whole to the substrate contributes to the improvement of the development removability of the uncured composition (especially titanium black) when the light-shielding film is formed. And, titanium black has excellent light-shielding properties with respect to light covering a wide range of wavelength regions from ultraviolet light to infrared light, so the above-mentioned dispersed body comprising titanium black and Si atoms (Si/Ti is calculated by mass, 0.05 or more) is used. is better) to form a light-shielding film that exhibits excellent light-shielding properties. In addition, the content ratio (Si/Ti) of Si atoms and Ti atoms in the dispersed body can be, for example, the method (1-1) or method (1-2) described in paragraph 0033 of JP-A-2013-249417. Determination. In addition, when determining whether the content ratio (Si/Ti) of Si atoms to Ti atoms in the dispersed body contained in the light-shielding film obtained by curing the composition is 0.05 or more, JP-A-2013 - Method (2) described in paragraph 0035 of Publication No. 249417.

包含鈦黑及Si原子之被分散體中,鈦黑能夠使用上述者。 並且,該被分散體中,可為了調整分散性、著色性等,與鈦黑一同,組合1種或2種以上的包含Cu、Fe、Mn、V、Ni等的複合氧化物、氧化鈷、氧化鐵、碳黑、苯胺黑等之黑色顔料,倂用作被分散體。 此時,包含鈦黑之被分散體佔所有被分散體中的50質量%以上為較佳。 並且,該被分散體中,為了調整遮光性等,可在無損本發明的效果之範圍內,依據需要,與鈦黑一同倂用其他著色劑(有機顔料或染料等)。 以下,對向被分散體導入Si原子時使用的材料進行敘述。向被分散體導入Si原子時,使用二氧化矽等含Si物質即可。 作為可使用之二氧化矽,可舉出沈降二氧化矽、氣相二氧化矽、膠體二氧化矽、合成二氧化矽等,可適當選擇該些來使用。 而且,若二氧化矽粒子的粒徑在形成遮光膜時為小於膜厚之粒徑,則遮光性更優異,故使用微粒類型的二氧化矽作為二氧化矽粒子為較佳。另外,作為微粒類型的二氧化矽的例子,例如,可舉出日本特開2013-249417號公報的段落0039中記載之二氧化矽,該些內容引入本說明書中。Among the dispersed materials containing titanium black and Si atoms, those mentioned above can be used for titanium black. In addition, in this to-be-dispersed body, in order to adjust dispersibility, colorability, etc., together with titanium black, one or more kinds of composite oxides containing Cu, Fe, Mn, V, Ni, etc., cobalt oxide, Black pigments such as iron oxide, carbon black, and aniline black can be used as dispersions. At this time, it is preferable that the dispersed body containing titanium black accounts for 50% by mass or more of the total dispersed body. In addition, other colorants (organic pigments, dyes, etc.) may be used together with titanium black as needed in the dispersion to adjust the light-shielding property and the like within the range that does not impair the effect of the present invention. Hereinafter, materials used for introducing Si atoms into the dispersed body will be described. When Si atoms are introduced into the dispersed body, Si-containing substances such as silicon dioxide may be used. Examples of silica that can be used include precipitated silica, fumed silica, colloidal silica, and synthetic silica, which can be appropriately selected for use. Furthermore, if the particle size of the silica particles is smaller than the film thickness when forming the light-shielding film, the light-shielding property will be more excellent, so it is preferable to use fine-particle type silicon dioxide as the silicon dioxide particles. Moreover, as an example of the microparticle type silica, the silica described in paragraph 0039 of Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2013-249417 is mentioned, for example, The content is incorporated in this specification.

並且,作為顔料,還能夠使用鎢化合物及金屬硼化物。 鎢化合物及金屬硼化物係相對於紅外線(波長約為800~1200nm的光)吸收較高(亦即,相對於紅外線之遮光性(遮蔽性)較高),且相對於可見光吸收較低之紅外線遮蔽材。故,本發明的感光性組成物藉由含有鎢化合物和/或金屬硼化物,能夠形成在紅外區域中的遮光性較高且可見光區域中的透光性較高之圖案。 並且,鎢化合物及金屬硼化物針對比用於形成圖像之、高壓水銀燈、KrF及ArF等的曝光中使用之可見區域更短波的光,其吸收亦較小。Furthermore, as pigments, tungsten compounds and metal borides can also be used. Tungsten compounds and metal borides have higher absorption relative to infrared rays (light with a wavelength of about 800-1200nm) (that is, higher light-shielding properties (shielding properties) relative to infrared rays), and lower absorption of infrared rays relative to visible light Masking material. Therefore, the photosensitive composition of the present invention can form a pattern with high light-shielding properties in the infrared region and high light transmittance in the visible light region by containing the tungsten compound and/or the metal boride. In addition, tungsten compounds and metal borides absorb less light of shorter wavelengths in the visible region than those used in exposures such as high-pressure mercury lamps, KrF, and ArF for image formation.

作為鎢化合物,能夠舉出氧化鎢系化合物、硼化鎢系化合物、硫化鎢系化合物等,以下述通式(組成式)(I)表示之氧化鎢系化合物為較佳。 Mx Wy Oz ……(I) M表示金屬,W表示鎢,O表示氧。 0.001≤x/y≤1.1 2.2≤z/y≤3.0Examples of the tungsten compound include tungsten oxide-based compounds, tungsten boride-based compounds, tungsten sulfide-based compounds and the like, among which tungsten oxide-based compounds represented by the following general formula (compositional formula) (I) are preferred. M x W y O z ... (I) M means metal, W means tungsten, and O means oxygen. 0.001≤x/y≤1.1 2.2≤z/y≤3.0

作為M的金屬,例如,可舉出鹼金屬、鹼土類金屬、Mg、Zr、Cr、Mn、Fe、Ru、Co、Rh、Ir、Ni、Pd、Pt、Cu、Ag、Au、Zn、Cd、Al、Ga、In、Tl、Sn、Pb、Ti、Nb、V、Mo、Ta、Re、Be、Hf、Os、Bi等,鹼金屬為較佳。M的金屬可以係1種,亦可以係2種以上。Examples of metals for M include alkali metals, alkaline earth metals, Mg, Zr, Cr, Mn, Fe, Ru, Co, Rh, Ir, Ni, Pd, Pt, Cu, Ag, Au, Zn, and Cd. , Al, Ga, In, Tl, Sn, Pb, Ti, Nb, V, Mo, Ta, Re, Be, Hf, Os, Bi, etc. Alkali metals are preferred. The metal of M may be one type, or two or more types.

M為鹼金屬為較佳,Rb或Cs為更佳,Cs為進一步較佳。M is preferably an alkali metal, Rb or Cs is more preferable, and Cs is still more preferable.

藉由x/y為0.001以上,能夠充分遮蔽紅外線,藉由其為1.1以下,能夠可靠地避免鎢化合物中產生雜質相。 藉由z/y為2.2以上,能夠更加提高作為材料的化學穩定性,藉由其為3.0以下,能夠充分遮蔽紅外線。When x/y is 0.001 or more, infrared rays can be sufficiently shielded, and when it is 1.1 or less, generation of impurity phases in the tungsten compound can be reliably avoided. When z/y is 2.2 or more, the chemical stability as a material can be improved more, and when it is 3.0 or less, infrared rays can be fully shielded.

作為以上述通式(I)表示之氧化鎢系化合物的具體例,能夠舉出Cs0.33 WO3 、Rb0.33 WO3 、K0.33 WO3 、Ba0.33 WO3 等,Cs0.33 WO3 或Rb0.33 WO3 為較佳,Cs0.33 WO3 為更佳。Specific examples of the tungsten oxide compound represented by the above general formula (I) include Cs 0.33 WO 3 , Rb 0.33 WO 3 , K 0.33 WO 3 , Ba 0.33 WO 3 , etc., Cs 0.33 WO 3 or Rb 0.33 WO 3 3 is preferred, and Cs 0.33 WO 3 is more preferred.

鎢化合物為微粒為較佳。鎢微粒的平均一次粒徑為800nm以下為較佳,400nm以下為更佳,200nm以下為進一步較佳。藉由平均一次粒徑在該種範圍,鎢微粒由於光散射而不易遮蔽可見光,故能可靠地實現於可見光區域的透光性。從避免光散射之觀點考慮,平均一次粒徑越小越佳,但從製造時的操作容易性等理由考慮,鎢微粒的平均一次粒徑通常為1nm以上。The tungsten compound is preferably fine particles. The average primary particle size of the tungsten fine particles is preferably 800 nm or less, more preferably 400 nm or less, and still more preferably 200 nm or less. When the average primary particle diameter is within this range, the tungsten particles are less likely to shield visible light due to light scattering, and thus can reliably realize light transmission in the visible light region. From the viewpoint of avoiding light scattering, the smaller the average primary particle diameter, the better. However, for reasons such as ease of handling during production, the average primary particle diameter of tungsten fine particles is usually 1 nm or more.

並且,鎢化合物能夠使用2種以上。In addition, two or more types of tungsten compounds can be used.

鎢化合物能夠作為市售品來獲得,鎢化合物例如為氧化鎢系化合物時,氧化鎢系化合物能夠藉由在惰性氣體氛圍或還原性氣體氛圍中對鎢化合物進行熱處理之方法來獲得(參閱日本專利第4096205號公報)。 並且,氧化鎢系化合物亦可作為例如Sumitomo Metal Mining Co., Ltd.製造的YMF-02等鎢微粒的分散物來獲得。Tungsten compounds can be obtained as commercial products. When the tungsten compound is, for example, a tungsten oxide compound, the tungsten oxide compound can be obtained by heat-treating the tungsten compound in an inert gas atmosphere or a reducing gas atmosphere (see Japanese Patent Bulletin No. 4096205). In addition, the tungsten oxide-based compound can also be obtained as a dispersion of tungsten fine particles such as YMF-02 manufactured by Sumitomo Metal Mining Co., Ltd., for example.

並且,作為金屬硼化物,可舉出硼化鑭(LaB6 )、硼化鐠(PrB6 )、硼化釹(NdB6 )、硼化鈰(CeB6 )、硼化釔(YB6 )、硼化鈦(TiB2 )、硼化鋯(ZrB2 )、硼化鉿(HfB2 )、硼化釩(VB2 )、硼化鉭(TaB2 )、硼化鉻(CrB、CrB2 )、硼化鉬(MoB2 、Mo2 B5 、MoB)、硼化鎢(W2 B5 )等的1種或2種以上,硼化鑭(LaB6 )為較佳。Furthermore, examples of metal borides include lanthanum boride (LaB 6 ), manganese boride (PrB 6 ), neodymium boride (NdB 6 ), cerium boride (CeB 6 ), yttrium boride (YB 6 ), Titanium boride (TiB 2 ), zirconium boride (ZrB 2 ), hafnium boride (HfB 2 ), vanadium boride (VB 2 ), tantalum boride (TaB 2 ), chromium boride (CrB, CrB 2 ), One or more kinds of molybdenum boride (MoB 2 , Mo 2 B 5 , MoB), tungsten boride (W 2 B 5 ), and the like, and lanthanum boride (LaB 6 ) is preferable.

金屬硼化物為微粒為較佳。金屬硼化物微粒的平均一次粒徑為800nm以下為較佳,300nm以下為更佳,100nm以下為進一步較佳。藉由平均一次粒徑在該種範圍,金屬硼化物微粒由於光散射而變得不易遮斷可見光,故能夠更可靠地實現於可見光區域的透光性。從避免光散射之觀點考慮,平均一次粒徑越小越佳,但從製造時的操作容易性等理由考慮,金屬硼化物微粒的平均一次粒徑通常為1nm以上。The metal boride is preferably fine particles. The average primary particle diameter of the metal boride fine particles is preferably at most 800 nm, more preferably at most 300 nm, and still more preferably at most 100 nm. When the average primary particle size is in this range, the metal boride fine particles are less likely to block visible light due to light scattering, and thus can more reliably achieve light transmission in the visible light region. From the viewpoint of avoiding light scattering, the smaller the average primary particle diameter, the better. However, for reasons such as ease of handling during production, the average primary particle diameter of metal boride fine particles is usually 1 nm or more.

並且,金屬硼化物能夠使用2種以上。In addition, two or more types of metal borides can be used.

金屬硼化物能夠作為市售品來獲得,例如還能夠作為Sumitomo Metal Mining Co., Ltd.製造的KHF-07AH等金屬硼化物微粒的分散物來獲得。The metal boride can be obtained as a commercial item, for example, can also be obtained as a dispersion of metal boride fine particles such as KHF-07AH manufactured by Sumitomo Metal Mining Co., Ltd.

((染料)) 作為染料,例如可使用日本特開昭64-90403號公報、日本特開昭64-91102號公報、日本特開平1-94301號公報、日本特開平6-11614號公報、特登2592207號、美國專利4808501號說明書、美國專利5667920號說明書、美國專利505950號說明書、美國專利5667920號說明書、日本特開平5-333207號公報、日本特開平6-35183號公報、日本特開平6-51115號公報、日本特開平6-194828號公報等中公開之色素。若作為化學結構予以區分,則能夠使用吡唑偶氮化合物、吡咯亞甲基化合物、苯胺偶氮化合物、三苯甲烷化合物、蒽醌化合物、亞苄基化合物、氧雜菁(oxonol)化合物、吡唑並三唑偶氮化合物、吡啶酮偶氮化合物、花青化合物、啡噻嗪化合物、吡咯並吡唑甲亞胺化合物等。並且,作為染料,可使用色素多聚體。作為色素多聚體,可舉出日本特開2011-213925號公報、日本特開2013-041097號公報中記載之化合物。((Dye)) As the dye, for example, JP-A-64-90403, JP-A-64-91102, JP-1-94301, JP-6-11614, JP-A Board No. 2592207, U.S. Patent No. 4808501 Specification, U.S. Patent No. 5667920 Specification, U.S. Patent No. 505950 Specification, U.S. Patent No. 5667920 Specification, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 5-333207, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 6-35183, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 6 - Pigments disclosed in JP-A-51115, JP-A-6-194828, etc. If classified as chemical structures, pyrazole azo compounds, pyrromethene compounds, anilino azo compounds, triphenylmethane compounds, anthraquinone compounds, benzylidene compounds, oxonol compounds, pyrazole compounds, Azolotriazole azo compounds, pyridone azo compounds, cyanine compounds, phenthiazine compounds, pyrrolopyrazole carboximine compounds, and the like. Furthermore, as a dye, a pigment multimer can be used. Examples of the dye multimer include compounds described in JP-A-2011-213925 and JP-A-2013-041097.

本發明的組成物可除了著色劑以外,還依據需要包含體質顏料。作為該種體質顏料,例如可舉出硫酸鋇、碳酸鋇、碳酸鈣、二氧化矽、鹼性碳酸鎂、矾土白、光澤白、鈦白及水滑石等。該些體質顏料能夠單獨使用或混合2種以上來使用。體質顏料的使用量相對於著色劑100質量份,通常為0~100質量份,5~50質量份為較佳,10~40質量份為更佳。本發明中,著色劑及體質顏料能夠依情況,藉由聚合物對其表面進行改性來使用。The composition of the present invention may contain an extender pigment as needed in addition to the colorant. Examples of such extender pigments include barium sulfate, barium carbonate, calcium carbonate, silica, basic magnesium carbonate, alumina white, luster white, titanium white, and hydrotalcite. These extender pigments can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types. The usage-amount of an extender pigment is 0-100 mass parts normally with respect to 100 mass parts of colorants, Preferably it is 5-50 mass parts, More preferably, it is 10-40 mass parts. In the present invention, the colorant and the extender pigment can be used by modifying the surface of the polymer as the case may be.

著色劑可單獨使用1種,亦可倂用2種以上。作為著色劑,可含有紅色、藍色、黃色、綠色及紫色等著色有機顔料。倂用遮光性顔料(具體而言,含氮化鈦粒子)與著色有機顔料時,相對於遮光性顔料,使用1~40質量%的著色有機顔料為較佳。從調整色調之觀點考慮,倂用紅色顔料與遮光性顔料為較佳,雖並無特別限定,但作為紅色顔料,顏料紅254為較佳。並且,從提高遮光性之觀點考慮,倂用黄色顔料與遮光性顔料為較佳,雖然並無特別限定,但作為黄色顔料,顏料黃150為較佳。The coloring agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. As a coloring agent, coloring organic pigments, such as red, blue, yellow, green, and purple, can be contained. When a light-shielding pigment (specifically, titanium nitride-containing particles) and a colored organic pigment are used, it is preferable to use 1 to 40% by mass of the colored organic pigment relative to the light-shielding pigment. From the viewpoint of adjusting the color tone, red pigments and light-shielding pigments are preferred, and although not particularly limited, Pigment Red 254 is preferred as the red pigment. In addition, from the viewpoint of improving the light-shielding property, a yellow pigment and a light-shielding pigment are preferable, and although not particularly limited, Pigment Yellow 150 is preferable as the yellow pigment.

本發明的組成物含有著色劑時,著色劑的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分,20~80質量%為較佳,30~70質量%為更佳,35~60質量%為進一步較佳。When the composition of the present invention contains a colorant, the content of the colorant is preferably 20 to 80% by mass, more preferably 30 to 70% by mass, and still more preferably 35 to 60% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition. .

(顔料衍生物) 本發明的組成物能夠含有顔料衍生物。作為顔料衍生物,例如,可舉出具有藉由酸性基、鹼性基或鄰苯二甲酸亞胺甲基取代有機顏料的一部分之結構之化合物。 作為用於構成顔料衍生物之有機顔料,可舉出二氧代吡咯并吡咯系顔料、偶氮系顔料、酞菁系顔料、蒽醌系顔料、喹吖啶酮系顔料、二噁嗪系顔料、紫環酮系顔料、苝系顔料、硫靛系顔料、異吲哚啉系顔料、異吲哚啉酮系顔料、喹酞酮系顔料、士林系顔料、金屬絡合物系顔料等。 並且,作為顔料衍生物所具有之酸性基,磺酸基、羧酸基及其四級銨鹽基為較佳,羧酸基及磺酸基為進一步較佳,磺酸基尤為佳。作為顔料衍生物所具有之鹼性基,胺基為較佳,三級胺基尤為佳。 作為顔料衍生物的具體例,例如,可舉出下述化合物。並且,可參閱日本特開2011-252065號公報的段落0162~0183的記載,該內容引入本說明書中。(Pigment Derivative) The composition of the present invention may contain a pigment derivative. Examples of pigment derivatives include compounds having a structure in which a part of an organic pigment is substituted with an acidic group, a basic group, or a phthalimide methyl group. Examples of organic pigments used to constitute pigment derivatives include dioxopyrrolopyrrole pigments, azo pigments, phthalocyanine pigments, anthraquinone pigments, quinacridone pigments, and dioxazine pigments. , peroxide pigments, perylene pigments, thioindigo pigments, isoindoline pigments, isoindolinone pigments, quinophthalone pigments, shihlin pigments, metal complex pigments, etc. In addition, as the acidic groups of the pigment derivatives, sulfonic acid groups, carboxylic acid groups and quaternary ammonium salt groups are preferred, carboxylic acid groups and sulfonic acid groups are further preferred, and sulfonic acid groups are particularly preferred. As the basic group of the pigment derivative, an amine group is preferable, and a tertiary amine group is particularly preferable. Specific examples of pigment derivatives include, for example, the following compounds. In addition, the description in paragraphs 0162 to 0183 of JP-A-2011-252065 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated into the present specification.

[化學式19]

Figure 02_image037
[chemical formula 19]
Figure 02_image037

本發明的組成物含有顔料衍生物時,顔料衍生物的含量相對於著色劑的總質量,1~30質量%為較佳,3~20質量%為進一步較佳。本發明的組成物可僅包含1種顔料衍生物,亦可包含2種以上。包含2種以上時,其總計量成為上述範圍為較佳。When the composition of the present invention contains a pigment derivative, the content of the pigment derivative is preferably 1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 3 to 20% by mass, based on the total mass of the colorant. The composition of the present invention may contain only one type of pigment derivative, or may contain two or more types. When containing 2 or more types, it is preferable that the total amount becomes the said range.

<組成物的製備方法> 本發明的組成物能夠藉由公知的混合方法(例如,攪拌機、均質器、高壓乳化裝置、濕式粉碎機、濕式分散機)混合上述各種成分來製備。 為了去除異物或減少缺陷等,用過濾器過濾本發明的組成物為較佳。作為過濾器,只要係一直以來用於過濾用途等者,則可不特別受限地使用。例如,可舉出基於PTFE(聚四氟乙烯)等氟樹脂、尼龍等聚醯胺系樹脂、聚乙烯、聚丙烯(PP)等聚烯烴樹脂(包括高密度、超高分子量)等之過濾器。該些原材料中,聚丙烯(包括高密度聚丙烯)、尼龍為較佳。 過濾器的孔徑為0.1~7.0μm程度為較適宜,0.2~2.5μm程度為較佳,0.2~1.5μm程度為更佳,0.3~0.7μm為進一步較佳。藉由設為該範圍,能夠抑制顔料的過濾堵塞,並且能夠可靠地去除顔料中包含之雜質或凝聚物等微細的異物。 使用過濾器時,可組合不同過濾器。此時,藉由第1過濾器的過濾可僅進行1次,亦可進行2次以上。組合不同過濾器來進行2次以上的過濾時,第2次之後的孔徑與第1次過濾的孔徑相比,相同或更大為較佳。並且,亦可組合在上述範圍內不同之孔徑的第1過濾器。此處的孔徑能夠參閱過濾器製造商的公稱值。作為市售的過濾器,例如,可從由NIHON PALL LTD.、Toyo Roshi Kaisha, Ltd.、Nihon Entegris K.K.(原Mykrolis Corpration)或KITZ MICROFILTER CORPORATION等提供之各種過濾器中選擇。 第2過濾器能夠使用與上述第1過濾器相同的材料等形成者。第2過濾器的孔徑為0.2~10.0μm程度為較適宜,0.2~7.0μm程度為較佳,0.3~6.0μm程度為進一步較佳。<Preparation Method of Composition> The composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned various components by a known mixing method (for example, mixer, homogenizer, high-pressure emulsification device, wet pulverizer, wet disperser). In order to remove foreign substances, reduce defects, etc., it is preferable to filter the composition of the present invention with a filter. As a filter, if it is conventionally used for a filtration use etc., it can use without limitation in particular. Examples include filters based on fluorine resins such as PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene), polyamide resins such as nylon, polyolefin resins such as polyethylene and polypropylene (PP) (including high density and ultrahigh molecular weight), etc. . Among these raw materials, polypropylene (including high-density polypropylene) and nylon are preferred. The pore diameter of the filter is preferably about 0.1 to 7.0 μm, more preferably about 0.2 to 2.5 μm, more preferably about 0.2 to 1.5 μm, and still more preferably about 0.3 to 0.7 μm. By setting it as this range, the filter clogging of a pigment can be suppressed, and the impurity contained in a pigment and fine foreign matter, such as an aggregate, can be reliably removed. When using filters, different filters can be combined. At this time, the filtration with the first filter may be performed only once, or may be performed two or more times. When performing two or more filtrations in combination with different filters, it is preferable that the pore diameter after the second filtration be the same or larger than the pore diameter of the first filtration. In addition, first filters having different pore diameters within the above-mentioned range may be combined. The pore size here can refer to the nominal value of the filter manufacturer. As a commercially available filter, for example, it is possible to select from various filters offered by NIHON PALL LTD., Toyo Roshi Kaisha, Ltd., Nihon Entegris K.K. (formerly Mykrolis Corporation), or KITZ MICROFILTER CORPORATION or the like. The second filter can use the same material as that of the above-mentioned first filter. The pore diameter of the second filter is preferably about 0.2 to 10.0 μm, more preferably about 0.2 to 7.0 μm, and more preferably about 0.3 to 6.0 μm.

本發明的組成物的固體成分為10~40質量%為較佳,12~35質量%為更佳。藉由組成物的固體成分為10質量%以上,硬化膜的遮光性更加提高。並且,藉由組成物的固體成分為40質量%以下,組成物的經時黏度穩定性變得更加良好。The solid content of the composition of the present invention is preferably 10 to 40% by mass, more preferably 12 to 35% by mass. When the solid content of a composition is 10 mass % or more, the light-shielding property of a cured film improves more. Furthermore, when the solid content of the composition is 40% by mass or less, the viscosity stability of the composition over time becomes more favorable.

[硬化膜(遮光膜)] 本發明的硬化膜使用上述之組成物來獲得。 上述硬化膜具有表面凹凸結構為較佳。藉由如此,能夠降低遮光膜或者具有遮光膜之遮光層的反射率。前述凹凸結構可以係在遮光膜其本身的表面具有凹凸結構者,亦可在遮光膜上設置其他層來賦予凹凸結構。表面凹凸結構的形狀並無特別限定,表面粗糙度為0.55μm以上1.5μm以下的範圍為較佳。 遮光膜的反射率為5%以下為較佳,3%以下為更佳,2%以下尤為佳。 製作表面凹凸結構之方法並無特別限定,可以係在遮光膜或除此以外的層包含有機填料或無機填料之方法、或藉由利用曝光顯影之微影法、或蝕刻或濺射、奈米壓印法等,對遮光膜或除此以外的層的表面進行粗面化之方法。 並且,作為降低上述硬化膜的反射率之方法,除上述以外,還可舉出在遮光膜上設置低折射率層之方法、或進一步設置複數個不同折射率的層(例如,高折射率層)之方法、或例如日本特開2015-1654號公報中記載的形成低光學濃度層與高光學濃度層之方法。 本發明的硬化膜中主要包含上述含氮化鈦粒子。本發明的硬化膜較佳地用作遮光膜,具體而言,較佳地用作 CCD圖像感測器或CMOS圖像感測器等圖像感測器周邊遮光膜(邊框遮光膜)。 以下,將硬化膜用作圖像感測器周邊遮光膜之情況作為一例來進行說明。將硬化膜用作圖像感測器周邊遮光膜時,可舉出在濾色器形成圖像感測器周邊遮光膜,將此適用於CCD圖像感測器或CMOS圖像感測器之態樣。亦即,能夠在濾色器與CCD圖像感測器或CMOS圖像感測器等邊框區域抵接之區域構成上述硬化膜。 具有本發明的圖像感測器周邊遮光膜之濾色器係使用上述之組成物(尤其,上述之感光性組成物)來形成者。使用本發明的組成物來獲得之圖像感測器周邊遮光膜的圖案形成性及電極的防腐性優異。[Cured Film (Light-shielding Film)] The cured film of the present invention is obtained using the above-mentioned composition. It is preferable that the said cured film has a surface uneven structure. By doing so, it is possible to reduce the reflectance of the light-shielding film or the light-shielding layer having the light-shielding film. The aforementioned concave-convex structure may be one having a concave-convex structure on the surface of the light-shielding film itself, or another layer may be provided on the light-shielding film to impart the concave-convex structure. The shape of the surface uneven structure is not particularly limited, and the surface roughness is preferably in the range of 0.55 μm to 1.5 μm. The reflectance of the shading film is preferably 5% or less, more preferably 3% or less, and most preferably 2% or less. The method of making the surface concave-convex structure is not particularly limited, and it can be a method of including organic fillers or inorganic fillers in the light-shielding film or other layers, or by lithography using exposure and development, or etching or sputtering, nanometer A method of roughening the surface of a light-shielding film or other layers such as the embossing method. And, as the method of reducing the reflectance of the above-mentioned cured film, in addition to the above, the method of providing a low refractive index layer on the light shielding film, or further providing a plurality of layers with different refractive indices (for example, a high refractive index layer) ), or the method of forming a low optical density layer and a high optical density layer such as described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-1654. The cured film of the present invention mainly contains the above-mentioned titanium nitride-containing particles. The cured film of the present invention is preferably used as a light-shielding film, specifically, as a light-shielding film around an image sensor such as a CCD image sensor or a CMOS image sensor (frame light-shielding film). Hereinafter, a case where a cured film is used as a light-shielding film around an image sensor will be described as an example. When the hardened film is used as a light-shielding film around the image sensor, it is possible to form a light-shielding film around the image sensor on the color filter, which is suitable for a CCD image sensor or a CMOS image sensor. appearance. That is, the above-mentioned cured film can be formed in a region where the color filter is in contact with a frame region such as a CCD image sensor or a CMOS image sensor. The color filter having the light-shielding film around the image sensor of the present invention is formed using the above-mentioned composition (especially, the above-mentioned photosensitive composition). The image sensor peripheral light-shielding film obtained using the composition of this invention is excellent in the pattern formation property and the corrosion resistance of an electrode.

用作圖像感測器周邊遮光膜時,作為遮光膜的膜厚,並無特別限定,從更加有效地獲得基於本發明之效果之觀點考慮,乾燥後的膜厚為0.2μm以上50μm以下為較佳,0.5μm以上30μm以下為更佳,0.7μm以上20μm以下為進一步較佳。並且,作為遮光膜的尺寸(一邊的長度),從更加有效地獲得基於本發明之效果之觀點考慮,0.001mm以上5mm以下為較佳,0.05mm以上4mm以下為更佳,0.1mm以上3.5mm以下為進一步較佳。When used as a light-shielding film around an image sensor, the film thickness of the light-shielding film is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of more effectively obtaining the effects of the present invention, the film thickness after drying is 0.2 μm or more and 50 μm or less. Preferably, it is more preferably not less than 0.5 μm and not more than 30 μm, and is still more preferably not less than 0.7 μm and not more than 20 μm. In addition, the size (length of one side) of the light-shielding film is preferably from 0.001 mm to 5 mm, more preferably from 0.05 mm to 4 mm, and from 0.1 mm to 3.5 mm, from the viewpoint of more effectively obtaining the effects of the present invention. The following are further preferred.

<硬化膜的製造方法> 接著,本發明的硬化膜(遮光膜)的製造方法並無特別限制,能夠採用公知的方法。以下,作為代表例,對製造圖案狀的硬化膜之方法進行詳述。<The manufacturing method of a cured film> Next, the manufacturing method of the cured film (light-shielding film) of this invention is not specifically limited, A well-known method can be employ|adopted. Hereinafter, as a representative example, the method of manufacturing the patterned cured film is demonstrated in full detail.

本發明的圖案狀硬化膜的製造方法,其特徵為,包含:在基板上塗佈本發明的組成物來形成組成物層(塗佈膜)之製程(以下,適當簡稱為“組成物層形成製程”。);經由遮罩對上述組成物層進行曝光之製程(以下,適當簡稱為“曝光製程”。);及對曝光之後的組成物層進行顯影來形成圖案狀的硬化膜之製程(以下,適當簡稱為“顯影製程”。)。The method for producing a patterned cured film of the present invention is characterized in that it includes: coating the composition of the present invention on a substrate to form a composition layer (coating film) (hereinafter, appropriately referred to as "composition layer formation") process”); the process of exposing the above-mentioned composition layer through a mask (hereinafter, referred to as “exposure process” as appropriate;); and the process of developing the exposed composition layer to form a patterned cured film ( Hereinafter, it is appropriately abbreviated as "development process".).

具體而言,直接或經由其他層,將本發明的組成物塗佈於基板上來形成組成物層(組成物層形成製程),經由規定的遮罩圖案進行曝光,僅使被光照射之組成物層部分硬化(曝光製程),藉由用顯影液進行顯影(顯影製程),形成包含像素之圖案狀的硬化膜。 以下,對各製程進行說明。Specifically, directly or through other layers, the composition of the present invention is coated on a substrate to form a composition layer (composition layer formation process), and exposure is performed through a predetermined mask pattern, so that only the composition irradiated with light The layer is partially cured (exposure process) and developed with a developer (development process) to form a patterned cured film including pixels. Hereinafter, each process will be described.

(組成物層形成製程) 組成物層形成製程中,在基板上塗佈本發明的組成物來形成組成物層(塗佈膜)。(Composition Layer Formation Process) In the composition layer formation process, the composition of the present invention is coated on a substrate to form a composition layer (coating film).

作為基板,例如,用於液晶顯示裝置等之無鹼玻璃、鈉玻璃、Pyrex(註冊商標)玻璃、石英玻璃及對該些附著透明導電膜者、用於固態攝影元件等之光電轉換元件基板(例如,矽酮基板等)、CCD(Charge Coupled Device)基板、以及CMOS(Complementary Metal-Oxide Semiconductor)基板等。 並且,為了改善與上部層的黏附、防止物質的擴散或者基板表面的平坦化,可在該些基板上,依據需要設置底塗層。As the substrate, for example, alkali-free glass, soda glass, Pyrex (registered trademark) glass, quartz glass used in liquid crystal display devices, etc., and those with a transparent conductive film attached thereto, photoelectric conversion element substrates used in solid-state imaging devices, etc. ( For example, silicone substrate, etc.), CCD (Charge Coupled Device) substrate, and CMOS (Complementary Metal-Oxide Semiconductor) substrate, etc. In addition, in order to improve the adhesion with the upper layer, prevent the diffusion of substances, or planarize the surface of the substrate, an undercoat layer may be provided on these substrates as required.

作為向基板上塗佈本發明的組成物之塗佈方法,可適用狹縫塗佈法、噴墨法、旋塗法、流延塗佈法、輥塗法、網版印刷法等各種塗佈方法。Various coating methods such as slit coating method, inkjet method, spin coating method, cast coating method, roll coating method, and screen printing method are applicable as coating methods for coating the composition of the present invention on a substrate. method.

製造具有圖像感測器周邊遮光膜之濾色器時,作為組成物的塗佈膜厚,從解析度與顯影性的觀點考慮,0.35μm以上2.0μm以下為較佳,0.40μm以上1.5μm以下為更佳。When manufacturing a color filter with a light-shielding film around the image sensor, the coating film thickness of the composition is preferably from 0.35 μm to 2.0 μm from the viewpoint of resolution and developability, and from 0.40 μm to 1.5 μm The following is better.

塗佈於基板上之組成物通常在70℃以上110℃以下,在2分鐘以上4分鐘以下程度的條件下進行乾燥。藉此,能夠形成組成物層。The composition applied on the substrate is usually dried at 70°C to 110°C for about 2 minutes to 4 minutes. Thereby, a composition layer can be formed.

(曝光製程) 曝光製程中,經由遮罩對在組成物層形成製程中形成之組成物層(塗佈膜)進行曝光,僅使被光照射之塗佈膜部分硬化。 藉由活性光線或放射線的照射來進行曝光為較佳,尤其,可較佳地s使用g射線、h射線、i射線等紫外線,高壓水銀燈為更佳。照射強度為5~1500mJ/cm2 為較佳,10~1000mJ/cm2 為更佳。(Exposure process) In the exposure process, the composition layer (coating film) formed in the composition layer formation process is exposed through a mask, and only the part of the coating film irradiated with light is cured. Exposure by irradiation with actinic light or radiation is preferred, and in particular, ultraviolet rays such as g-rays, h-rays, and i-rays can be preferably used, and a high-pressure mercury lamp is more preferred. The irradiation intensity is preferably 5 to 1500 mJ/cm 2 , more preferably 10 to 1000 mJ/cm 2 .

(顯影製程) 接著曝光製程進行鹼顯影處理(顯影製程),使曝光製程中的光未照射部分溶出於鹼水溶液。藉此,僅殘留已光硬化之部分(被光照射之塗佈膜部分)。 作為顯影液,製作具有圖像感測器周邊遮光膜之濾色器時,不會對基底的電路等帶來損傷之有機鹼顯影液為較佳。作為顯影溫度,通常為20~30℃,顯影時間為20~90秒。(Development process) Next to the exposure process, alkali development treatment (development process) is performed, and the part not irradiated with light in the exposure process is dissolved in an aqueous alkali solution. Thereby, only the photohardened part (the part of the coating film irradiated with light) remains. As the developer, an organic alkali developer that does not damage the circuit of the base is preferable when producing a color filter having a light-shielding film around the image sensor. As image development temperature, it is 20-30 degreeC normally, and image development time is 20-90 second.

作為鹼性水溶液,例如,可舉出無機系顯影液及有機系顯影液。作為無機系顯影液,可舉出將氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、碳酸氫鈉、矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鈉,溶解成濃度為0.001~10質量%,較佳地為0.01~1質量%之鹼性水溶液。作為有機系顯影液,可舉出將氨水、乙胺、二乙胺、二甲基乙醇胺、四甲基氫氧化銨、四乙基氫氧化銨、膽鹼、吡咯、哌啶、1,8-二氮雜雙環-[5.4.0]-7-十一碳烯等有機鹼性化合物,溶解成濃度為0.001~10質量%,較佳地為0.01~1質量%之鹼性水溶液。鹼性水溶液中,例如還能夠添加適量的甲醇、乙醇等水溶性有機溶劑和/或界面活性劑等。另外,使用包含該種鹼性水溶液之顯影液時,通常在顯影後以純水清洗(沖洗)為較佳。As an alkaline aqueous solution, an inorganic type developer and an organic type developer are mentioned, for example. Examples of inorganic developing solutions include dissolving sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium silicate, and sodium metasilicate to a concentration of 0.001 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass. 1% by mass alkaline aqueous solution. Examples of organic developers include ammonia water, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, choline, pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8- Organic basic compounds such as diazabicyclo-[5.4.0]-7-undecene are dissolved in an alkaline aqueous solution with a concentration of 0.001-10% by mass, preferably 0.01-1% by mass. In the alkaline aqueous solution, for example, an appropriate amount of water-soluble organic solvents such as methanol and ethanol and/or a surfactant can be added. In addition, when using a developer containing such an alkaline aqueous solution, it is generally preferable to wash (rinse) with pure water after development.

作為顯影方法,例如能夠利用旋覆浸沒顯影方法及噴淋顯影方法等。As an image development method, the spin-on-dip image development method, the shower image development method, etc. can be utilized, for example.

另外,具有本發明的硬化膜之濾色器的製造方法中,可在進行上述之組成物層形成製程、曝光製程及顯影製程之後,依據需要,包含藉由加熱和/或曝光對所形成之硬化膜進行硬化之硬化製程。In addition, in the method of manufacturing a color filter having a cured film of the present invention, after performing the above-mentioned composition layer formation process, exposure process, and development process, it may include heating and/or exposure to the formed color filter as necessary. The hardening process of hardening the hardened film.

〔濾色器、遮光膜〕 利用本發明的組成物來形成之硬化膜能夠較佳地用作濾色器的像素黑矩陣或者如上述之圖像感測器周邊遮光膜(邊框遮光膜)或後述之圖像顯示裝置或感測器模組內的各種構件中適用之遮光膜。[Color filter, light-shielding film] The cured film formed by using the composition of the present invention can be preferably used as the pixel black matrix of the color filter or as the above-mentioned light-shielding film around the image sensor (frame light-shielding film) or A light-shielding film suitable for various components in the image display device or sensor module described later.

(濾色器) 濾色器能夠較佳地用於CCD(電荷耦合元件)或CMOS(互補性金屬氧化物半導體)等固態攝影元件,尤其適於如超過100万像素之高解析度的CCD或CMOS等。濾色器例如能夠配置於構成CCD或CMOS之各像素的受光部與用於聚光的微透鏡之間來使用。並且,濾色器可具有如下結構,亦即,在藉由隔壁例如分割成格子狀之空間,埋入形成各顏色像素之硬化膜。此時的隔壁相對於各顏色像素為低折射率為較佳。作為具有該種結構之攝影元件的例子,可舉出日本特開2012-227478號公報、日本特開2014-179577號公報中記載的裝置。 本發明的濾色器只要具有上述硬化膜,則其形態並無特別限定。 濾色器中,上述硬化膜例如能夠較佳地用作濾色器的像素黑矩陣或者如上述的圖像感測器周邊遮光膜(邊框遮光膜)。(Color filter) The color filter can be preferably used in solid-state imaging elements such as CCD (charge-coupled device) or CMOS (complementary metal oxide semiconductor), especially suitable for high-resolution CCD or more than 1 million pixels. CMOS etc. The color filter can be used, for example, arranged between the light receiving portion of each pixel constituting a CCD or CMOS and a microlens for condensing light. In addition, the color filter may have a structure in which a cured film forming pixels of each color is embedded in a space divided into, for example, a lattice by partition walls. In this case, it is preferable that the partition wall has a low refractive index with respect to each color pixel. Examples of imaging elements having such a structure include devices described in JP-A-2012-227478 and JP-A-2014-179577. The form of the color filter of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it has the above-mentioned cured film. In the color filter, the hardened film can be preferably used as, for example, a pixel black matrix of the color filter or as the above-mentioned light-shielding film around the image sensor (frame light-shielding film).

(遮光膜) 遮光膜能夠形成於圖像顯示裝置或感測器模組內的各種構件(例如,紅外光截止濾波器、固態攝影元件的外周部、晶圓級透鏡外周部、固態攝影元件背面等)等來使用。 並且,亦可在紅外光截止濾波器的表面上的至少一部分形成遮光膜來作為附帶遮光膜的紅外光截止濾波器。 遮光膜的厚度並無特別限制,0.2~25μm為較佳,1.0~10μm為更佳。上述厚度為平均厚度,係測定遮光膜的任意5點以上的厚度並對該些進行算術平均之值。 遮光膜的反射率為10%以下為較佳,8%以下為更佳,6%以下為進一步較佳,4%以下尤為佳。另外,遮光膜的反射率係使400~700nm的光以入射角度5°入射於遮光膜,藉由Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation.製分光器UV4100(商品名)測定其反射率之值。(Light-shielding film) A light-shielding film can be formed on various components in an image display device or a sensor module (for example, an infrared light cut filter, the outer periphery of a solid-state imaging element, the outer periphery of a wafer-level lens, the back surface of a solid-state imaging element, etc.) etc.) etc. to use. In addition, a light-shielding film may be formed on at least a part of the surface of the infrared cut filter to form an infrared cut filter with a light-shielding film. The thickness of the light-shielding film is not particularly limited, preferably 0.2-25 μm, more preferably 1.0-10 μm. The above-mentioned thickness is an average thickness, and is a value obtained by measuring the thickness of arbitrary 5 or more points of the light-shielding film and taking an arithmetic mean of these. The reflectance of the light-shielding film is preferably at most 10%, more preferably at most 8%, even more preferably at most 6%, and most preferably at most 4%. In addition, the reflectance of the light-shielding film is to make the light of 400-700nm incident on the light-shielding film at an incident angle of 5°, and measure the value of the reflectance with a spectrometer UV4100 (trade name) manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation.

〔固態攝影元件〕 本發明的固態攝影元件具備上述硬化膜(濾色器、遮光膜等)。作為本發明的固態攝影元件的結構,只要係具備上述硬化膜,並作為固態攝影元件發揮功能之結構,則並無特別限定,例如可舉出如下結構。[Solid-state imaging element] The solid-state imaging element of the present invention includes the above-mentioned cured film (color filter, light-shielding film, etc.). The structure of the solid-state imaging device of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it has the above-mentioned cured film and functions as a solid-state imaging device, and examples thereof include the following structures.

係如下結構:在基板上具有構成固態攝影元件(CCD圖像感測器、CMOS圖像感測器等)的受光區之複數個包含光電二極體及多晶矽等之轉移電極,在光電二極體及轉移電極上具有僅向光電二極體的受光部開口之遮光膜,在遮光膜上具有以覆蓋遮光膜正面及光電二極體受光部之方式形成之由氮化矽等構成之裝置保護膜,在裝置保護膜上具有濾色器。 而且,亦可以係在裝置保護層上且在濾色器下(靠近基板之一側)具有聚光機構(例如,微透鏡等。以下相同)之結構、在濾色器上具有聚光機構之結構等。並且,濾色器亦可具有如下結構,亦即,在藉由隔壁例如分割成格子狀之空間埋入有形成各顏色像素之硬化膜。此時的隔壁相對於各顏色像素為低折射率為較佳。作為具有該種結構之攝像裝置的例子,可舉出日本特開2012-227478號公報及日本特開2014-179577號公報中記載之裝置。It has the following structure: on the substrate, there are a plurality of transfer electrodes including photodiodes and polysilicon that constitute the light-receiving area of solid-state imaging elements (CCD image sensors, CMOS image sensors, etc.), and the photodiodes On the body and the transfer electrode, there is a light-shielding film that only opens to the light-receiving part of the photodiode, and on the light-shielding film is a device protection made of silicon nitride formed to cover the front of the light-shielding film and the light-receiving part of the photodiode. film, with a color filter on the device protective film. Moreover, it is also possible to have a light-condensing mechanism (for example, a microlens, etc., the same below) on the device protective layer and under the color filter (the side close to the substrate), and have a light-condensing mechanism on the color filter. structure etc. In addition, the color filter may have a structure in which a cured film forming pixels of each color is embedded in a space divided into, for example, a lattice by partition walls. In this case, it is preferable that the partition wall has a low refractive index with respect to each color pixel. Examples of imaging devices having such a configuration include devices described in JP-A-2012-227478 and JP-A-2014-179577.

〔圖像顯示裝置〕 本發明的硬化膜(濾色器、遮光膜等)能夠用於液晶顯示裝置或有機電致發光顯示裝置等圖像顯示裝置。[Image Display Device] The cured film (color filter, light-shielding film, etc.) of the present invention can be used in image display devices such as liquid crystal display devices and organic electroluminescence display devices.

對於顯示裝置的定義或各顯示裝置的詳細內容,例如記載於“電子顯示裝置(佐佐木 昭夫著、Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co.,Ltd. 1990年發行)”、“顯示裝置(伊吹 順章著、產業圖書(株)平成元年發行)”等中。並且,對於液晶顯示裝置,例如記載於“第二代液晶顯示器技術(內田 龍男編輯、Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co.,Ltd. 1994年發行)”。能夠適用本發明之液晶顯示裝置並無特別限制,例如能夠適用於上述“第二代液晶顯示器技術”中記載之各種方式的液晶顯示裝置。For the definition of the display device or the details of each display device, for example, it is described in "Electronic Display Device (written by Akio Sasaki, published by Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co., Ltd. in 1990)", "Display Device (written by Shunaki Ibuki, Industrial Books (Co., Ltd. issued in the first year of Heisei)" and so on. Further, liquid crystal display devices are described, for example, in "Second Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (edited by Tatsuo Uchida, published by Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co., Ltd., 1994)". The liquid crystal display device to which the present invention can be applied is not particularly limited, and for example, it can be applied to various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the above-mentioned "second-generation liquid crystal display technology".

將本發明中的濾色器適用於液晶顯示裝置時,其形態並無特別限定。 以下,對將本發明的濾色器適用於液晶顯示裝置之情況進行詳述。 本發明的濾色器可用於彩色TFT(Thin Film Transistor)方式的液晶顯示裝置。對於彩色TFT方式的液晶顯示裝置,例如記載於“彩色TFT液晶顯示器(KYORITSU SHUPPAN CO., LTD.1996年發行)”。而且,本發明的濾色器還能夠適用於IPS(In Plane Switching)等橫向電場驅動方式、MVA(Multi-domain Vertical Alignment)等像素分割方式等視角被擴大之液晶顯示裝置或STN(Super-Twist Nematic)、TN(Twisted Nematic)、VA(Vertical Alignment)、OCS(on-chip spacer)、FFS(fringe field switching)及R-OCB(Reflective Optically Compensated Bend)等。 並且,本發明中的濾色器還能夠用於明亮且高精細的COA(Color-filter On Array)方式。關於COA方式的液晶顯示裝置,對於濾色器之要求特性,除了如前述的通常的要求特性以外,有時還要求對於層間絶縁膜之要求特性,亦即,低介電常數及剥離液耐性。本發明的濾色器的耐光性等優異,因此能夠提供解析度較高且長期耐久性優異之COA方式的液晶顯示裝置。另外,為了滿足低介電常數的要求特性,可在濾色器層上設置樹脂被膜。 對於該些圖像顯示方式,例如記載於“EL、PDP、LCD顯示器-技術與市場的最新動向-(TORAY Research Center,Inc.調查研究部門2001年發行)”的43頁等。When applying the color filter in this invention to a liquid crystal display device, the form is not specifically limited. Hereinafter, the case where the color filter of this invention is applied to a liquid crystal display device is demonstrated in full detail. The color filter of the present invention can be used in a color TFT (Thin Film Transistor) type liquid crystal display device. A color TFT liquid crystal display device is described, for example, in "Color TFT Liquid Crystal Display (Published by KYORITSU SHUPPAN CO., LTD. in 1996)". Moreover, the color filter of the present invention can also be applied to liquid crystal display devices or STN (Super-Twist Nematic), TN (Twisted Nematic), VA (Vertical Alignment), OCS (on-chip spacer), FFS (fringe field switching) and R-OCB (Reflective Optically Compensated Bend), etc. Furthermore, the color filter in the present invention can also be used in a bright and high-definition COA (Color-filter On Array) system. Regarding the liquid crystal display device of the COA method, the required characteristics of the color filter are sometimes required of the required characteristics of the interlayer insulating film, that is, low dielectric constant and stripping liquid resistance, in addition to the above-mentioned general required characteristics. Since the color filter of the present invention is excellent in light resistance and the like, it is possible to provide a COA type liquid crystal display device having high resolution and excellent long-term durability. In addition, in order to satisfy the required characteristics of low dielectric constant, a resin film may be provided on the color filter layer. These image display methods are described, for example, on page 43 of "EL, PDP, LCD Displays - Latest Trends in Technology and Market - (published by TORAY Research Center, Inc. in 2001)".

本發明的液晶顯示裝置除了本發明的濾色器以外,亦可由電極基板、偏光膜、相位差膜、背光、間隔物或視角保護膜等各種構件構成。本發明的濾色器能夠適用於由該些公知構件構成之液晶顯示裝置。對於該些構件,例如記載於“’94液晶顯示器周邊材料・化學製品市場(島 健太郎CMC-Group. 1994年發行)”、“2003液晶関連市場的現狀與未來展望(下卷)(表良吉Fuji Chimera Research Institute, Inc.、2003年發行)”。 關於背光,除了SID meeting Digest 1380(2005)(A.Konno et.al)以外,記載於月刊顯示器2005年12月號的18~24頁(島 康裕)、記載於SID meeting Digest 1380(2005)25~30頁(八木隆明)等。The liquid crystal display device of the present invention may be composed of various members such as an electrode substrate, a polarizing film, a retardation film, a backlight, a spacer, or a viewing angle protection film, in addition to the color filter of the present invention. The color filter of the present invention can be applied to a liquid crystal display device composed of these known members. These components are described, for example, in "'94 Liquid Crystal Display Peripheral Materials and Chemical Products Market (Kentaro Shima CMC-Group. Published in 1994)", "2003 Liquid Crystal Related Market Status and Future Prospects (Volume 2)" (Omoyoshi Fuji Chimera Research Institute, Inc., published in 2003)". Regarding the backlight, in addition to SID meeting Digest 1380 (2005) (A.Konno et.al), it is described in Monthly Display December 2005, pages 18 to 24 (Shima Yasuhiro), and it is described in SID meeting Digest 1380 (2005) 25 ~30 pages (Takaaki Yagi), etc.

並且,本發明的硬化膜能夠使用於個人計算機、平板電腦、移動電話、智能手機或數位相機等便攜式設備;多功能打印機或掃描儀等OA(Office Automation)設備;監視攝影機、條碼讀取器及自動存提款機(ATM)、高速相機或使用人臉圖像認證之本人認證等產業用設備;車載用相機設備;內窺鏡、膠囊內窺鏡或導管等醫療用相機設備;生物體感測器、生物感測器(Biosensor)、軍事偵查用相機、立體地圖用相機、氣象或海洋觀測相機、陸地資源偵查相機、或者宇宙的天文或深空目標用勘探相機等航天設備等中使用之光學濾波器或模組的遮光構件或遮光層。而且,本發明的硬化膜能夠用於光學薄膜或模組的防反射構件或防反射層。In addition, the cured film of the present invention can be used in portable devices such as personal computers, tablet computers, mobile phones, smartphones, and digital cameras; OA (Office Automation) devices such as multi-function printers and scanners; surveillance cameras, barcode readers, and Industrial equipment such as automatic deposit and withdrawal machines (ATMs), high-speed cameras, or personal authentication using face image authentication; vehicle-mounted camera equipment; medical camera equipment such as endoscopes, capsule endoscopes, and catheters; biosensors Detectors, biological sensors (Biosensor), cameras for military reconnaissance, cameras for three-dimensional maps, cameras for meteorological or oceanographic observation, cameras for reconnaissance of land resources, or astronomical or deep-space target exploration cameras for space equipment, etc. Light-shielding member or light-shielding layer of an optical filter or module. Furthermore, the cured film of the present invention can be used for an optical film or an antireflection member or an antireflection layer of a module.

並且,本發明的硬化膜還能夠使用於微型LED(Light Emitting Diode)或微型OLED(Organic Light Emitting Diode)等用途。雖然並無特別限定,但除了微型LED或微型OLED中使用之光學濾波器或光學薄膜以外,還可較佳地用於賦予遮光功能或防反射功能之構件。 作為微型LED及微型OLED的例子,可舉出日本特表2015-500562號公報及日本特表2014-533890號公報中記載者。Moreover, the cured film of this invention can also be used for uses, such as a micro LED (Light Emitting Diode) and a micro OLED (Organic Light Emitting Diode). Although not particularly limited, it can be preferably used for a member imparting a light-shielding function or an antireflection function other than an optical filter or an optical film used in a micro LED or a micro OLED. Examples of micro LEDs and micro OLEDs include those described in JP-A-2015-500562 and JP-A-2014-533890.

並且,本發明的硬化膜還能夠用於量子點顯示器等用途。雖然並無特別限定,但除了量子點顯示器中使用之光學濾波器及光學薄膜以外,還可較佳地用於賦予遮光功能及防反射功能之構件。 作為量子點顯示器的例子,可舉出美國專利申請公開第2013/0335677號、美國專利申請公開第2014/0036536號、美國專利申請公開第2014/0036203號及美國專利申請公開第2014/0035960號中記載者。 [實施例]Moreover, the cured film of this invention can also be used for uses, such as a quantum dot display. Although not particularly limited, in addition to optical filters and optical films used in quantum dot displays, it can also be preferably used for members imparting light-shielding functions and anti-reflection functions. Examples of quantum dot displays include U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0335677, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2014/0036536, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2014/0036203, and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2014/0035960. Recorder. [Example]

以下,依據實施例對本發明進行更詳細說明。以下的實施例所示材料、使用量、比例、處理內容、處理步驟等只要不脫離本發明的宗旨,則能夠適當變更。藉此,本發明的範圍不應藉由以下所示之實施例限定性地解釋。Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail based on examples. Materials, usage amounts, ratios, processing contents, processing procedures, etc. shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed unless departing from the gist of the present invention. Accordingly, the scope of the present invention should not be limitedly interpreted by the Examples shown below.

以下,利用實施例,對本發明進行詳細說明。但是,本發明並不限定於此。另外,除非另有指明,則“份”、“%”為質量基準。Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail using examples. However, the present invention is not limited thereto. In addition, unless otherwise specified, "parts" and "%" are based on mass.

[組成物] 以下,製備實施例及比較例的組成物時,首先對組成物中包含之各成分進行說明。[Composition] Hereinafter, when preparing the compositions of Examples and Comparative Examples, each component contained in the compositions will be described first.

<含氮化鈦粒子> 作為含氮化鈦粒子,使用了如下製造之含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1~TiN-19。<Titanium nitride-containing particles> As the titanium nitride-containing particles, titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-1 to TiN-19 produced as follows were used.

(含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1) 利用依據國際公開第2010/147098的圖1中記載之黑色複合微粒製造裝置之裝置製造了含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1。 黑色複合微粒製造裝置中,對電漿炬的高頻振盪用線圈,施加約4MHz及約80kVA的高頻電壓,從等離子體氣體供給源,作為等離子體氣體,供給氬氣50L/min及氮50L/min的混合氣體,使電漿炬內產生氬-氮熱電漿火焰。並且,從材料供給裝置的噴霧氣體供給源供給10L/min的載體氣體。 並且,將作為粒子原料1的四氯化鈦(液體)、作為粒子原料2的液氨(Ube Industries, Ltd.製造)、作為粒子原料3的Ti粉末粒子(TOHO TECHNICAL SERVICE CO., LTD.製造、“TC-200”),與載體氣體亦即氬氣一同供給至電漿炬內的熱電漿火焰中,使其在熱電漿火焰中蒸發,並以氣相狀態高度分散。另外,粒子原料1~3的各個流量比例(體積比例)如第1表所示。 並且,作為藉由氣體供給裝置供給至腔室內之氣體,使用了氮。作為此時的腔室內的流速設為5m/sec,供給量設為1000L/min。並且,將旋風分離器內的壓力設為50kPa,並且,將從腔室朝向旋風分離器供給鈦粒子之速度設為10m/s(平均值)。 接著,作為焼成爐使用株式會社奈良橋製作所製造Laboratory Kiln L/K,對粒子實施熱處理。具體而言,作為氛圍氣體,以100mL/min向焼成爐供給氮,並且在240℃下進行0.2小時的熱處理。 如此來獲得了含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1。(Titanium Nitride-Containing Particles TiN-1) Titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-1 were manufactured using an apparatus based on the black composite fine particle manufacturing apparatus described in FIG. 1 of International Publication No. 2010/147098. In the production equipment of black composite particles, a high-frequency voltage of about 4 MHz and about 80 kVA is applied to the high-frequency oscillation coil of the plasma torch, and 50 L/min of argon gas and 50 L of nitrogen are supplied as plasma gas from the plasma gas supply source. /min mixed gas to generate argon-nitrogen thermal plasma flame in the plasma torch. Then, 10 L/min of carrier gas was supplied from the spray gas supply source of the material supply device. In addition, titanium tetrachloride (liquid) as particle raw material 1, liquid ammonia (manufactured by Ube Industries, Ltd.) as particle raw material 2, and Ti powder particles as particle raw material 3 (manufactured by TOHO TECHNICAL SERVICE CO., LTD. , "TC-200"), together with the carrier gas, that is, argon, is supplied to the thermal plasma flame in the plasma torch, so that it evaporates in the thermal plasma flame and is highly dispersed in the gas phase state. In addition, the respective flow ratios (volume ratios) of the particle raw materials 1 to 3 are as shown in the first table. In addition, nitrogen was used as the gas supplied into the chamber by the gas supply device. The flow velocity in the chamber at this time was set to 5 m/sec, and the supply rate was set to 1000 L/min. Furthermore, the pressure in the cyclone was set at 50 kPa, and the speed at which titanium particles were supplied from the chamber toward the cyclone was set at 10 m/s (average value). Next, using Laboratory Kiln L/K manufactured by Narabashi Seisakusho Co., Ltd. as a firing furnace, heat treatment was performed on the particles. Specifically, nitrogen was supplied to the firing furnace at 100 mL/min as an atmospheric gas, and heat treatment was performed at 240° C. for 0.2 hours. In this way, titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-1 were obtained.

對所獲得之含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1,藉由ICP發光分光分析法測定了鈦(Ti)原子、氯(Cl)原子的含量。另外,ICP發光分光分析法中,利用了Seiko Instruments Inc.製造的ICP發光分光分析裝置“SPS3000”(商品名)。 並且,關於氮原子的含量,利用HORIBA, Ltd.製造的氧、氮分析裝置“EMGA-620W/C”(商品名)進行測定,並藉由惰性氣體熔融熱導法進行計算。將結果示於第1表。 並且,對於後述之含氮化鈦粒子TiN-2~TiN-19,亦藉由與含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1相同的方法,測定了Ti原子、Cl原子、氮原子的含量。另外,各粒子中的餘量為粒子中存在之源自氧化物的氧、金屬元素等雜質。 將結果示於第1表及第2表。The content of titanium (Ti) atoms and chlorine (Cl) atoms in the obtained titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-1 was measured by ICP emission spectrometry. In addition, in the ICP emission spectrometry, an ICP emission spectrometry apparatus "SPS3000" (trade name) manufactured by Seiko Instruments Inc. was used. In addition, the content of nitrogen atoms was measured using an oxygen and nitrogen analyzer "EMGA-620W/C" (trade name) manufactured by HORIBA, Ltd., and calculated by the inert gas fusion thermal conductivity method. The results are shown in Table 1. In addition, for the titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-2 to TiN-19 described later, the contents of Ti atoms, Cl atoms, and nitrogen atoms were measured by the same method as that of the titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-1. In addition, the balance in each particle is impurities such as oxygen derived from oxides and metal elements present in the particles. The results are shown in Table 1 and Table 2.

關於含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1的X射線繞射,將粉末試料裝入鋁製標準試料保持器中,藉由廣角X射線繞射法(Rigaku Corporation製造、商品名“RU-200R”)進行測定。作為測定條件,X射線源設為CuKα射線,輸出設為50kV/200mA,狹縫系統設為1°-1°-0.15mm-0.45mm,測定步長(2θ)設為0.02°,掃描速度設為2°/分鐘。 並且,測定了源自TiN(200)面之峰的繞射角(2θ)。並且,藉由該峰的半值幅,利用謝勒(Scherrer)公式,求出了構成粒子之微晶尺寸。將結果示於第1表。 另外,對於以下的含氮化鈦粒子TiN-2~TiN-19,藉由與含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1相同的方法,測定了繞射角2θ及微晶尺寸。將結果示於第1表及第2表。Regarding the X-ray diffraction of TiN-1 containing titanium nitride particles, the powder sample was placed in an aluminum standard sample holder, and it was carried out by a wide-angle X-ray diffraction method (manufactured by Rigaku Corporation, trade name "RU-200R") Determination. As the measurement conditions, the X-ray source is set to CuKα ray, the output is set to 50kV/200mA, the slit system is set to 1°-1°-0.15mm-0.45mm, the measurement step (2θ) is set to 0.02°, and the scanning speed is set to 2°/min. Furthermore, the diffraction angle (2θ) of the peak originating from the TiN (200) plane was measured. Then, from the half-value width of this peak, the crystallite size constituting the particles was obtained using Scherrer's formula. The results are shown in Table 1. In addition, for the following titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-2 to TiN-19, the diffraction angle 2θ and the crystallite size were measured by the same method as that of the titanium nitride-containing particle TiN-1. The results are shown in Table 1 and Table 2.

關於含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1的平均一次粒徑的測定,依據上述方法,利用透射型電子顯微鏡(Transmission Electron Microscope;TEM)進行了測定。並且,與上述測定同時實施了粒子的形狀觀察,其結果,確認到100個觀察對象的含氮化鈦粒子中60個以上為球形。將該些結果示於第1表。另外,關於粒子的形狀觀察評價,當測定對象的60%以上為球形時,在表中示為“球形”。當球形的粒子的數量小於測定對象的60%時,在表中示為“球形小於60%”。並且,表中記載為“立方體”時,表示立方體的粒子的數量為測定對象的60%以上。另外,立方體不限於被觀察為立方體者,可觀察到角之多面體亦作為立方體進行了測定。 另外,對於以下的含氮化鈦粒子TiN-2~TiN-19,亦依據與含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1相同的方法測定平均一次粒徑,進一步進行了形狀觀察。將結果示於第1表及第2表。The measurement of the average primary particle size of the titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-1 was carried out by a transmission electron microscope (Transmission Electron Microscope; TEM) according to the method described above. Further, particle shape observation was carried out simultaneously with the above measurement, and as a result, it was confirmed that 60 or more of the 100 titanium nitride-containing particles to be observed were spherical. These results are shown in Table 1. In addition, regarding the shape observation evaluation of particles, when 60% or more of the measurement objects are spherical, they are shown as "spherical" in the table. When the number of spherical particles is less than 60% of the measurement object, it is indicated as "spherical less than 60%" in the table. In addition, when "cubic" is described in the table, it means that the number of cubic particles is 60% or more of the measurement object. In addition, the cube is not limited to what is observed as a cube, and a polyhedron whose corners can be observed is also measured as a cube. In addition, the following titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-2 to TiN-19 were also measured by the same method as the titanium nitride-containing particle TiN-1, and the shape observation was further performed. The results are shown in Table 1 and Table 2.

關於含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1的比表面積,利用nippon-bel Co., Ltd.製造高精度全自動氣體吸附裝置(“BELSORP”36),在100℃下進行真空脫氣之後,測定N2 氣體的液氮溫度(77K)下的吸附等溫線,藉由BET法分析該等溫線來求出了比表面積。將結果示於第1表。 另外,對於以下的含氮化鈦粒子TiN-2~TiN-19,藉由與含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1相同的方法求出了比表面積。 將結果示於第1表及第2表。Regarding the specific surface area of titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-1, N2 was measured after vacuum degassing at 100°C using a high-precision fully automatic gas adsorption device (“BELSORP” 36) manufactured by nippon-bel Co., Ltd. The adsorption isotherm at the liquid nitrogen temperature (77K) of the gas was analyzed by the BET method to obtain the specific surface area. The results are shown in Table 1. In addition, for the following titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-2 to TiN-19, the specific surface area was obtained by the same method as that of the titanium nitride-containing particle TiN-1. The results are shown in Table 1 and Table 2.

(含氮化鈦粒子TiN-2) 將含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1粒子的製造中使用之粒子原料1~3及其流量比例以及熱處理條件設為如第1表所示,除此以外,藉由與含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1相同的方法製造了含氮化鈦粒子TiN-2。(Titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-2) The particle raw materials 1 to 3 used in the production of titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-1 particles, their flow rate ratios, and heat treatment conditions were set as shown in Table 1. In addition, Titanium nitride-containing particle TiN-2 was produced by the same method as titanium nitride-containing particle TiN-1.

(含氮化鈦粒子TiN-3) 將含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1粒子的製造中使用之粒子原料1~3及其流量比例以及熱處理條件設為如第1表所示,除此以外,藉由與含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1相同的方法製造了含氮化鈦粒子TiN-3。(Titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-3) The particle raw materials 1 to 3 used in the production of titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-1 particles, their flow ratios, and heat treatment conditions were set as shown in Table 1. In addition, Titanium nitride-containing particle TiN-3 was produced by the same method as titanium nitride-containing particle TiN-1.

(含氮化鈦粒子TiN-4) 將含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1粒子的製造中使用之粒子原料1~3及其流量比例以及熱處理條件設為如第1表所示,除此以外,藉由與含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1相同的方法製造了含氮化鈦粒子TiN-4。(Titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-4) The particle raw materials 1 to 3 used in the production of titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-1 particles, their flow rate ratios, and heat treatment conditions were set as shown in Table 1. In addition, Titanium nitride-containing particle TiN-4 was produced by the same method as titanium nitride-containing particle TiN-1.

(含氮化鈦粒子TiN-5) 將含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1粒子的製造中使用之粒子原料1~3及其流量比例以及熱處理條件設為如第1表所示,除此以外,藉由與含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1相同的方法製造了含氮化鈦粒子TiN-5。(Titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-5) The particle raw materials 1 to 3 used in the production of titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-1 particles, their flow ratios, and heat treatment conditions are set as shown in Table 1. In addition, Titanium nitride-containing particle TiN-5 was produced by the same method as titanium nitride-containing particle TiN-1.

(含氮化鈦粒子TiN-6) 將含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1粒子的製造中使用之粒子原料1~3及其流量比例以及熱處理條件、腔室內的流速設為如第1表所示,除此以外,藉由與含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1相同的方法製造了含氮化鈦粒子TiN-6。(Titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-6) The particle raw materials 1 to 3 used in the production of titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-1 particles and their flow rate ratios, heat treatment conditions, and flow rates in the chamber are set as shown in Table 1 , except that, titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-6 were produced by the same method as that of titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-1.

(含氮化鈦粒子TiN-7) 將腔室內的流速設為如第1表所示,除此以外,以與含氮化鈦粒子TiN-6相同的方法製造了含氮化鈦粒子TiN-7。(Titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-7) Except that the flow rate in the chamber was set as shown in Table 1, titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-6 were produced in the same manner as titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-6. 7.

(含氮化鈦粒子TiN-8) 將含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1粒子的製造中使用之粒子原料1~3及其流量比例以及熱處理條件、腔室內的流速設為如第1表所示,除此以外,藉由與含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1相同的方法製造了含氮化鈦粒子TiN-8。(Titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-8) The particle raw materials 1 to 3 used in the production of titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-1 particles and their flow ratios, heat treatment conditions, and flow velocity in the chamber were set as shown in Table 1 , except that, titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-8 were produced by the same method as that of titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-1.

(含氮化鈦粒子TiN-9) 將腔室內的流速設為如第1表所示,除此以外,藉由與含氮化鈦粒子TiN-8相同的方法製造了含氮化鈦粒子TiN-9。(Titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-9) Except that the flow rate in the chamber was set as shown in Table 1, titanium nitride-containing particles TiN was produced by the same method as that of titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-8. -9.

(含氮化鈦粒子TiN-10) 將含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1粒子的製造中使用之粒子原料1~3及其流量比例以及熱處理條件設為如第1表所示,除此以外,藉由與含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1相同的方法製造了含氮化鈦粒子TiN-10。(Titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-10) The particle raw materials 1 to 3 used in the production of titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-1 particles, their flow rate ratios, and heat treatment conditions were set as shown in Table 1. In addition, Titanium nitride-containing particle TiN-10 was produced by the same method as titanium nitride-containing particle TiN-1.

(含氮化鈦粒子TiN-11) 將含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1粒子的製造中使用之粒子原料1~3及其流量比例以及熱處理條件設為如第2表所示,除此以外,藉由與含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1相同的方法製造了含氮化鈦粒子TiN-11。另外,TiN-11中未使用粒子原料3。(Titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-11) The particle raw materials 1 to 3 used in the production of titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-1 particles, their flow rate ratios, and heat treatment conditions are set as shown in Table 2. In addition, Titanium nitride-containing particle TiN-11 was produced by the same method as titanium nitride-containing particle TiN-1. In addition, particle raw material 3 was not used for TiN-11.

(含氮化鈦粒子TiN-12) 將含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1粒子的製造中使用之粒子原料1~3及其流量比例以及熱處理條件設為如第2表所示,除此以外,藉由與含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1相同的方法製造了含氮化鈦粒子TiN-12。另外,TiN-12中未使用粒子原料1及2。(Titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-12) The particle raw materials 1 to 3 used in the production of titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-1 particles, their flow rate ratios, and heat treatment conditions are set as shown in Table 2. In addition, Titanium nitride-containing particle TiN-12 was produced by the same method as titanium nitride-containing particle TiN-1. In addition, particle raw materials 1 and 2 were not used for TiN-12.

(含氮化鈦粒子TiN-13) 將含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1粒子的製造中使用之粒子原料1~3及其流量比例以及熱處理條件設為如第2表所示,除此以外,藉由與含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1相同的方法製造了含氮化鈦粒子TiN-13。另外,將含氮化鈦粒子TiN-13的熱處理溫度設為250℃。(Titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-13) The particle raw materials 1 to 3 used in the production of titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-1 particles, their flow rate ratios, and heat treatment conditions are set as shown in Table 2. In addition, Titanium nitride-containing particle TiN-13 was produced by the same method as titanium nitride-containing particle TiN-1. In addition, the heat treatment temperature of the titanium nitride particle-containing TiN-13 was set to 250°C.

(含氮化鈦粒子TiN-14) 將含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1粒子的製造中使用之粒子原料1~3及其流量比例以及熱處理條件設為如第2表所示,除此以外,藉由與含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1相同的方法製造了含氮化鈦粒子TiN-14。(Titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-14) The particle raw materials 1 to 3 used in the production of titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-1 particles, their flow ratios, and heat treatment conditions are set as shown in Table 2. In addition, Titanium nitride-containing particle TiN-14 was produced by the same method as titanium nitride-containing particle TiN-1.

(含氮化鈦粒子TiN-15) 將含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1粒子的製造中使用之粒子原料1~3及其流量比例以及熱處理條件設為如第2表所示,除此以外,藉由與含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1相同的方法製造了含氮化鈦粒子TiN-15。(Titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-15) The particle raw materials 1 to 3 used in the production of titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-1 particles, their flow rate ratios, and heat treatment conditions are set as shown in Table 2. In addition, Titanium nitride-containing particle TiN-15 was produced by the same method as titanium nitride-containing particle TiN-1.

(含氮化鈦粒子TiN-16) 將熱處理條件設為如第2表所示,除此以外,藉由與含氮化鈦粒子TiN-15相同的方法製造了含氮化鈦粒子TiN-16。(TiN-16 containing titanium nitride particles) Except that the heat treatment conditions were set as shown in Table 2, TiN-16 containing titanium nitride particles was produced by the same method as TiN-15 containing titanium nitride particles. .

(含氮化鈦粒子TiN-17) 將含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1粒子的製造中使用之粒子原料1~3及其流量比例設為如第2表所示,除此以外,藉由與含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1相同的方法製造了含氮化鈦粒子TiN-17。(Titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-17) The particle raw materials 1 to 3 used in the production of titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-1 particles and their flow ratios were set as shown in Table 2. Titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-17 were produced in the same manner as titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-1.

(含氮化鈦粒子TiN-18) 將含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1粒子的製造中使用之粒子原料1~3及其流量比例設為如第2表所示,除此以外,藉由與含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1相同的方法製造了含氮化鈦粒子TiN-18。(Titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-18) The particle raw materials 1 to 3 used in the production of titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-1 particles and their flow rates were set as shown in Table 2. Titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-18 were produced in the same manner as titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-1.

(含氮化鈦粒子TiN-19) 將含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1粒子的製造中使用之粒子原料1~3及其流量比例以及熱處理條件設為如第2表所示,除此以外,藉由與含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1相同的方法製造了含氮化鈦粒子TiN-19。(Titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-19) The particle raw materials 1 to 3 used in the production of titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-1 particles, their flow rate ratios, and heat treatment conditions are set as shown in Table 2. In addition, Titanium nitride-containing particle TiN-19 was produced by the same method as titanium nitride-containing particle TiN-1.

將上述含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1~含氮化鈦粒子TiN-19的製造條件及物性示於下述第1表及第2表。 另外,表中,含氮化鈦粒子TiN-11、TiN-12、TiN-13及TiN-14以外,均為熱處理溫度240℃。The production conditions and physical properties of the above-mentioned titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-1 to titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-19 are shown in Table 1 and Table 2 below. In addition, in the table, the heat treatment temperature is 240° C. except for the titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-11, TiN-12, TiN-13, and TiN-14.

(第1表) [表1]

Figure 106108428-A0304-0001
(Table 1) [Table 1]
Figure 106108428-A0304-0001

(第2表) [表2]

Figure 106108428-A0304-0002
(Table 2) [Table 2]
Figure 106108428-A0304-0002

<分散劑> 作為分散劑,使用了以下結構的分散劑A~E。分散劑A、B、D中,各結構單元中記載的數值表示相對於所有結構單元之各結構單元的質量%。並且,分散劑C中,各結構單元中記載的數值(a~e)表示相對於所有結構單元之各結構單元的莫耳比,x及y表示連結數。並且,分散劑E中,與Z連結之連結基中記載的數值表示與Z連結之數量。<Dispersant> As the dispersant, the dispersants A to E of the following structures were used. In dispersants A, B, and D, the numerical value described in each structural unit represents the mass % of each structural unit with respect to all structural units. In addition, in the dispersant C, the numerical value (a to e) described in each structural unit represents the molar ratio of each structural unit with respect to all the structural units, and x and y represent the number of linkages. In addition, in the dispersant E, the numerical value described in the linking group linked to Z represents the number linked to Z.

[化學式20]

Figure 02_image039
Figure 02_image040
Figure 02_image042
[chemical formula 20]
Figure 02_image039
Figure 02_image040
Figure 02_image042

[化學式21]

Figure 02_image044
[chemical formula 21]
Figure 02_image044

<黏結樹脂> 作為黏結樹脂,使用了以下的黏結樹脂A及B。 ・黏結樹脂A(Akurikyua RD-F8 NIPPON SHOKUBAI CO., LTD.製造、參閱下述結構) ・黏結樹脂B(Cyclomer P(ACA)230AA DAICEL CORPORATION製造)<Adhesive resin> As an adhesive resin, the following adhesive resins A and B were used.・Adhesive resin A (manufactured by Akurikyua RD-F8 NIPPON SHOKUBAI CO., LTD., refer to the structure below) ・Adhesive resin B (manufactured by Cyclomer P (ACA) 230AA DAICEL CORPORATION)

[化學式22]

Figure 02_image046
[chemical formula 22]
Figure 02_image046

<聚合性化合物> ・聚合性化合物M1(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造、商品名“KAYARAD”、參閱下述結構)<Polymerizable compound> ・Polymerizable compound M1 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., trade name "KAYARAD", refer to the structure below)

[化學式23]

Figure 02_image048
[chemical formula 23]
Figure 02_image048

PET-30(季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯、Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)PET-30 (pentaerythritol triacrylate, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)

<聚合起始劑> ・OXE-02:Irgacure OXE02(商品名、BASF JAPAN LTD.製造) ・OXE-03:Irgacure OXE03(商品名、BASF JAPAN LTD.製造) ・N-1919:商品名、ADEKA CORPORATION製造 ・IRGACURE-907:商品名、BASF JAPAN LTD.製造<Polymerization initiator> ・OXE-02: Irgacure OXE02 (trade name, manufactured by BASF JAPAN LTD.) ・OXE-03: Irgacure OXE03 (trade name, manufactured by BASF JAPAN LTD.) ・N-1919: Trade name, ADEKA CORPORATION Production ・IRGACURE-907: Product name, BASF JAPAN LTD. production

<溶劑> ・PGMEA:丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯 ・環戊酮 ・乙酸丁酯 ・3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯 ・蒸餾乙酸丁酯 ・蒸餾環戊酮 另外,作為上述蒸餾乙酸丁酯及蒸餾環戊酮,使用了對市售的乙酸丁酯及環戊酮進行蒸餾純化者。<Solvent> ・PGMEA: Propylene Glycol Monomethyl Ether Acetate・Cyclopentanone・Butyl Acetate・Ethyl 3-Ethoxypropionate・Distilled Butyl Acetate・Distilled Cyclopentanone For distillation of cyclopentanone, commercially available butyl acetate and cyclopentanone were purified by distillation.

<聚合抑制劑> ・對甲氧基苯酚<Polymerization inhibitor> ・p-Methoxyphenol

<界面活性劑> F-1:下述混合物(重量平均分子量(Mw)=14000)<Surfactant> F-1: The following mixture (weight average molecular weight (Mw) = 14000)

[化學式24]

Figure 02_image050
[chemical formula 24]
Figure 02_image050

<顔料分散物的製備> 首先,藉由攪拌機(IKA COMPANY製造 EUROSTAR),將含氮化鈦粒子、分散劑及溶劑混合15分鐘,從而獲得了分散物。接著,對所獲得之分散物,使用Shinmaru Enterprises Corporation製造的NPM-Pilot,在下述條件下進行分散處理,從而獲得了顔料分散物。 (分散條件) ・珠徑:φ0.05mm、(NIKKATO CORPORATION YTZ) ・微珠填充率:65體積% ・研磨圓周速度:10m/sec ・分離器圓周速度:13m/s ・進行分散處理之混合液量:15kg ・循環流量(泵供給量):90kg/hour ・處理液溫度:19~21℃ ・冷卻水:水 ・處理時間:22小時<Preparation of Pigment Dispersion> First, titanium nitride-containing particles, a dispersant, and a solvent were mixed for 15 minutes with a stirrer (Eurostar manufactured by IKA COMPANY) to obtain a dispersion. Next, the obtained dispersion was subjected to dispersion treatment under the following conditions using NPM-Pilot manufactured by Shinmaru Enterprises Corporation, thereby obtaining a pigment dispersion. (Dispersion conditions) ・Bead diameter: φ0.05mm, (NIKKATO CORPORATION YTZ) ・Microbead filling rate: 65% by volume ・Grinding peripheral speed: 10m/sec ・Separator peripheral speed: 13m/s ・Mixed solution for dispersion treatment Volume: 15kg ・Circulation flow (pump supply): 90kg/hour ・Temperature of treatment liquid: 19~21℃ ・Cooling water: water ・Treatment time: 22 hours

<組成物的製備> 接著,混合並攪拌上述顔料分散液、黏結樹脂、聚合性化合物、聚合起始劑及溶劑,藉此獲得了下述第3表~第5表所示之實施例及比較例的各組成物。實施例及比較例的各組成物中包含之各成分的含量(質量%)示於第3表~第5表。 另外,以分散劑相對於含氮化鈦粒子的比例((質量比)D/P)、組成物中的固體成分濃度(質量%)、組成物中的水分量(質量%,以下示出測定方法。)、固體成分中的顔料濃度(質量%)成為第3表~第5表的各實施例及比較例所示之比例之方式製備了各組成物。<Preparation of composition> Next, the above-mentioned pigment dispersion, binder resin, polymerizable compound, polymerization initiator, and solvent were mixed and stirred to obtain the following examples and comparisons shown in Tables 3 to 5 Each composition of the example. The content (mass %) of each component contained in each composition of the example and the comparative example is shown in the 3rd table - the 5th table. In addition, the ratio of the dispersant to the titanium nitride-containing particles ((mass ratio) D/P), the solid content concentration (mass %) in the composition, and the water content (mass %) in the composition are shown below. method.), and the pigment concentration (mass %) in the solid content was prepared in such a manner that the ratios shown in the respective examples and comparative examples in Tables 3 to 5 were obtained.

(組成物中的水分量的測定) 關於實施例及比較例的各組成物的水分量,藉由以 Karl Fischer 方法作為測定原理之MKV-710(商品名、KYOTO ELECTRONICS MANUFACTURING CO., LTD.製造)進行了測定。將結果示於第3表~第5表。(Measurement of Moisture Amount in Composition) The moisture content of each composition of Examples and Comparative Examples was measured by MKV-710 (trade name, manufactured by KYOTO ELECTRONICS MANUFACTURING CO., LTD. ) were measured. The results are shown in Tables 3 to 5.

[評價試験] 對實施例及比較例的各組成物進行了以下的各評價試驗。[Evaluation Tests] The following evaluation tests were performed on the compositions of Examples and Comparative Examples.

<脫氣> 使用實施例及比較例的各組成物製作了濾色器用邊框。 具體而言,在8英吋基板上假設圖像感測器來構成之半導體基板上,以預烘烤之後的膜厚成為1.5μm之方式,旋塗實施例及比較例的組成物來形成塗膜。接著,在橫720μm、縱520μm的外周配置能夠形成橫寬250μm、總寬200μm的遮光膜的二元遮罩,利用i射線曝光裝置(FPA-3000+i5、Canon Inc.製造)進行曝光(曝光量500mJ/cm2 )之後,進一步進行了顯影。 對於所獲得之具有複數個濾色器用邊框之半導體基板,切成10mm×10mm的尺寸,藉由熱脫附譜分析法(TDS)檢測脫氣中的Cl量,並依據以下基準進行了評價。測定取消後台中包含之源自大氣成分的計數時的質量數1至199為止的總脫氣量(檢測總離子電流值)中源自Cl的峰位置的計數強度比,並依據下述基準進行了評價。將測定時的真空度設為1×10-7 Torr以下。 “A”:脫氣1L中,Cl量為10ppm以下 “B”:脫氣1L中,Cl量超過10ppm且50ppm以下 “C”:脫氣1L中,Cl量超過50ppm且100ppm以下 “D”:脫氣1L中,Cl量超過100ppm<Degassing> Using each composition of an Example and a comparative example, the frame for color filters was produced. Specifically, on a semiconductor substrate configured as an image sensor on an 8-inch substrate, the compositions of Examples and Comparative Examples were spin-coated to form coatings so that the film thickness after prebaking became 1.5 μm. membrane. Next, a binary mask capable of forming a light-shielding film with a width of 250 μm and a total width of 200 μm is placed on the outer periphery of 720 μm in width and 520 μm in length, and exposure is performed with an i-ray exposure device (FPA-3000+i5, manufactured by Canon Inc.) (exposure amount 500 mJ /cm 2 ), further development was carried out. The obtained semiconductor substrate having a plurality of frames for color filters was cut into a size of 10mm×10mm, and the amount of Cl in the outgassing was detected by thermal desorption spectroscopy (TDS), and evaluated according to the following criteria. The count intensity ratio of the peak position originating from Cl in the total outgassing amount (detection total ion current value) from mass numbers 1 to 199 when the counting originating from atmospheric components included in the background was cancelled, was carried out based on the following criteria evaluate. The degree of vacuum at the time of measurement was set to be 1×10 -7 Torr or less. "A": In 1 L of degassing, the amount of Cl is 10 ppm or less "B": In 1 L of degassing, the amount of Cl is more than 10 ppm and less than 50 ppm "C": In 1 L of degassing, the amount of Cl is more than 50 ppm and less than 100 ppm "D": In 1L of degassing, the amount of Cl exceeds 100ppm

<顆粒的個數> 藉由PGMEA製備將上述組成物稀釋成500倍之試料溶液,藉由流式粒子圖像分析裝置(商品名“FPIA-3000”、Malvern Instruments Ltd製造)測定了該試料溶液10ml中包含之10μm以上尺寸的顆粒的數量。<Number of particles> A sample solution in which the above composition was diluted 500 times was prepared by PGMEA, and the sample solution was measured by a flow particle image analyzer (trade name "FPIA-3000", manufactured by Malvern Instruments Ltd.) The number of particles with a size above 10 μm contained in 10 ml.

<OD值> 在厚度0.7mm、10cm角的玻璃板(EagleXG、Corning Inc.製造)上,以膜厚成為1.0μm之轉速旋塗實施例及比較例的組成物來形成膜,在加熱板上藉由100℃、2min的熱處理獲得了乾燥膜。針對所獲得之基板,藉由分光光度計U-4100(Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation.製造)測定OD,測定波長區域400nm至1200nm中變成最低之OD值,並依據以下基準進行了評價。 “A”:最低OD為4.2以上 “B”:最低OD為3.8以上且小於4.2 “C”:最低OD為3.5以上且小於3.8 “D”:最低OD小於3.5<OD value> On a glass plate (manufactured by EagleXG, Corning Inc.) with a thickness of 0.7 mm and an angle of 10 cm, the compositions of Examples and Comparative Examples were spin-coated at a speed of 1.0 μm in film thickness to form a film, and the film was formed on a hot plate A dry film was obtained by heat treatment at 100° C. for 2 min. For the obtained substrate, OD was measured with a spectrophotometer U-4100 (manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation.) to measure the lowest OD value in the wavelength range from 400 nm to 1200 nm, and evaluated based on the following criteria. "A": The minimum OD is above 4.2 "B": The minimum OD is above 3.8 and below 4.2 "C": The minimum OD is above 3.5 and below 3.8 "D": The minimum OD is below 3.5

<過濾性> 對實施例及比較例的組成物,利用膠囊過濾器DFA(NIHON PALL LTD.製造、尼龍孔徑0.45μm、2inch),進行了過濾性的評價。另外,在流量400ml/min的條件下過濾組成物16kg,並依據以下的基準進行了評價。 “A”:過濾了16kg全部。 “B”:過濾了12kg以上且小於16kg之後,流量變成小於400mL/min。 “C”:過濾了8kg以上且小於12kg之後,流量變成小於400mL/min。 “D”:過濾了小於8kg之後,流量變成小於400mL/min。<Filterability> The filterability of the compositions of Examples and Comparative Examples was evaluated using a capsule filter DFA (manufactured by NIHON PALL LTD., nylon pore size: 0.45 μm, 2 inches). In addition, 16 kg of the composition was filtered at a flow rate of 400 ml/min, and evaluated based on the following criteria. "A": All 16kg was filtered. "B": After filtering more than 12 kg and less than 16 kg, the flow rate becomes less than 400 mL/min. "C": After filtering more than 8 kg and less than 12 kg, the flow rate becomes less than 400 mL/min. "D": After filtering less than 8kg, the flow rate becomes less than 400mL/min.

<組成物經時黏度穩定性(CM經時穩定)> 將實施例及比較例的組成物在23℃下保存30天之後,在7℃下保存了9個月。之後利用E型黏度計(TOKI SANGYO CO., LTD.製造、商品名“R85形黏度計”),以轉速10rpm、23℃的條件測定了保存前後的各組成物的黏度,並藉由下述式計算出增黏率。評價基準如下。 (增黏率)=(經時後的黏度)-(剛調液之後的黏度)/(剛調液之後的黏度) “A”:增黏率小於3% “B”:增黏率為3%以上且小於5% “C”:增黏率為5%以上且小於10% “D”:增黏率為10%以上<Composition Viscosity Stability over Time (CM Stability Over Time)> The compositions of Examples and Comparative Examples were stored at 23° C. for 30 days, and then stored at 7° C. for 9 months. Then, using an E-type viscometer (manufactured by TOKI SANGYO CO., LTD., trade name "R85 type viscometer"), the viscosity of each composition before and after storage was measured at a rotation speed of 10 rpm and 23° C., and the viscosity was measured by the following The formula calculates the viscosity increase rate. The evaluation criteria are as follows. (Viscosity increase rate) = (Viscosity after time) - (Viscosity immediately after liquid adjustment) / (Viscosity immediately after liquid adjustment) "A": The viscosity increase rate is less than 3% "B": The viscosity increase rate is 3% More than % and less than 5% "C": The viscosity increase rate is more than 5% and less than 10% "D": The viscosity increase rate is more than 10%

<圖案形成性(解析度)> 使用實施例及比較例的組成物,藉由旋轉塗佈機,在圖像感測裝置基板上形成了塗膜。接著,對所獲得之塗膜,在加熱板上進行了100℃、2min的預烘烤處理。接著,利用i射線曝光裝置(FPA、Canon Inc.製造),對經過上述預烘烤處理之塗膜進行曝光,進一步進行顯影,藉此在基板上的受光部外周部分形成被覆切割線及電極部以外之遮光膜之同時,在基板上形成20個具有20μm的線寬之對準標記。 利用光學顯微鏡觀察所形成之對準標記的個數,藉此進行了解析度的評價。 “A”:形成了20個標記。 “B”:形成了19個標記。 “C”:形成了18個標記。 “D”:標記為17個以下。<Pattern Formability (Resolution)> Using the compositions of Examples and Comparative Examples, a coating film was formed on an image sensing device substrate with a spin coater. Next, the obtained coating film was pre-baked at 100° C. for 2 minutes on a hot plate. Next, the coating film subjected to the above-mentioned prebaking treatment is exposed using an i-ray exposure device (FPA, manufactured by Canon Inc.), and further developed to form a coated cut line and an electrode portion on the outer peripheral portion of the light-receiving portion on the substrate. 20 alignment marks with a line width of 20 μm were formed on the substrate simultaneously with a light-shielding film. The resolution was evaluated by observing the number of objects of the alignment mark formed with the optical microscope. "A": 20 marks were formed. "B": 19 marks were formed. "C": 18 marks were formed. "D": marked as 17 or less.

<電極的防腐性> 利用實施例及比較例的組成物,藉由旋轉塗佈機,在圖像感測裝置基板上形成了塗膜。接著,對所獲得之塗膜形成後的裝置基板,在加熱板上進行了100℃、2min的預烘烤處理。接著,利用i射線曝光裝置(FPA-3000+i5、Canon Inc.製造),對經過上述預烘烤處理之塗膜進行曝光,進一步進行顯影,藉此在基板上的受光部外周部分形成被覆切割線及電極部以外之遮光膜。而且,對所獲得之遮光膜,利用加熱板進行了220℃、5min的加熱處理(後烘烤製程)。 將具有所獲得之遮光膜之晶圓,在溫度110℃、濕度90%RH的環境下(ESPEC CORP.製造HAST試驗機EHS-411M)保存3天之後,對形成於晶圓上之300個電極墊,藉由光學顯微鏡(Olympus Corporation製造、商品名“LEXT OLS4500”)觀察了電極圖案的鏽的產生狀態,並依據以下基準進行了電極的防腐性的評價。 “A”:觀察不到變化 “B”:電極的鏽蝕為2個以下 “C”:電極的鏽蝕超過2個且10個以下 “D”:電極的鏽蝕超過10個<Corrosion resistance of electrodes> Using the compositions of Examples and Comparative Examples, a coating film was formed on an image sensing device substrate with a spin coater. Next, the obtained device substrate after the coating film was formed was prebaked at 100° C. for 2 minutes on a hot plate. Next, the coating film subjected to the above-mentioned prebaking treatment is exposed using an i-ray exposure device (FPA-3000+i5, manufactured by Canon Inc.), and further developed to form a coated cut line and Light-shielding film other than the electrode part. Furthermore, the obtained light-shielding film was subjected to heat treatment at 220° C. for 5 minutes using a hot plate (post-baking process). The wafer with the obtained light-shielding film was stored in an environment with a temperature of 110°C and a humidity of 90%RH (ESPEC CORP. HAST tester EHS-411M) for 3 days, and the 300 electrodes formed on the wafer were tested. The state of occurrence of rust on the electrode pattern was observed with an optical microscope (manufactured by Olympus Corporation, trade name "LEXT OLS4500"), and the corrosion resistance of the electrode was evaluated according to the following criteria. "A": No change was observed "B": Rust of electrode was 2 or less "C": Rust of electrode was more than 2 and less than 10 "D": Rust of electrode was more than 10

將以上評價試験的評價結果示於第3表~第5表。 另外,實施例33中,M1與PET-30的混合比例以質量比計為5:5。The evaluation results of the above evaluation tests are shown in Tables 3 to 5. In addition, in Example 33, the mixing ratio of M1 and PET-30 was 5:5 by mass ratio.

[表3]

Figure 106108428-A0304-0003
[table 3]
Figure 106108428-A0304-0003

[表4]

Figure 106108428-A0304-0004
[Table 4]
Figure 106108428-A0304-0004

[表5]

Figure 106108428-A0304-0005
[table 5]
Figure 106108428-A0304-0005

如第3表~第5表所示,示出了藉由含氮化鈦粒子中的氯原子的含量在0.001~0.3質量%(換言之,10質量ppm~3000質量ppm)的範圍內,能夠製作電極的防腐性優異且圖案形成性(解析度)優異之硬化膜(實施例)。 並且,示出了若含氮化鈦粒子中的氯原子的含量超過0.3質量%(換言之,3000質量ppm),則圖案形成性(解析度)及電極的防腐性較差(比較例1、比較例2)。 並且,示出了若含氮化鈦粒子中的氯原子的含量小於0.001質量%(換言之,小於10質量ppm),則圖案形成性(解析度)較差(比較例3、比較例4)。As shown in Tables 3 to 5, it is shown that the content of chlorine atoms in titanium nitride-containing particles is within the range of 0.001 to 0.3 mass % (in other words, 10 mass ppm to 3000 mass ppm), and it is possible to produce A cured film with excellent anti-corrosion properties of electrodes and excellent pattern formation (resolution) (Example). And, it shows that if the content of chlorine atoms in the titanium nitride-containing particles exceeds 0.3% by mass (in other words, 3000 mass ppm), the pattern formation (resolution) and corrosion resistance of the electrode are poor (Comparative Example 1, Comparative Example 2). Furthermore, it was shown that when the content of chlorine atoms in the titanium nitride-containing particles is less than 0.001% by mass (in other words, less than 10 mass ppm), the pattern formation properties (resolution) are poor (Comparative Example 3, Comparative Example 4).

並且,藉由實施例17~21之間的對比,確認到水的含量相對於組成物總質量為0.1~1質量%(0.1~0.8質量%為較佳,0.1~0.4質量%為更佳)時,硬化膜的圖案形成性(解析度)與電極材料的防腐性更優異。並且,確認到藉由將水的含量相對於組成物總質量設為0.1~1質量%,能夠更加減少組成物中的顆粒量,而且組成物的黏度經時穩定性亦更優異。 並且,藉由實施例26與實施例27的對比,確認到D/P為0.3以下時,硬化膜的圖案形成性(解析度)更優異。 藉由實施例26、31及32的對比,確認到含氮化鈦粒子的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分為30~70質量%時,分光性(良好的OD值)、圖案形成性(解析度)及電極的防腐性更優異。 並且,藉由實施例6~9的對比,確認到含氮化鈦粒子的藉由BET法求出之比表面積為40~60m2 /g時,分光性(良好的OD值)及圖案形成性(解析度)更優異。並且,確認到過濾性亦優異。 並且,藉由實施例10~14的對比,確認到將CuKα射線作為X射線源時,含氮化鈦粒子的源自(200)面之峰的繞射角2θ超過42.8°且43.5°以下時,分光性(良好的OD值)及圖案形成性(解析度)更優異。 並且,藉由實施例12~15的對比,確認到含氮化鈦粒子的平均一次粒徑為10~30nm時,分光性(良好的OD值)更優異。並且,確認到組成物的黏度經時穩定性亦優異。並且,確認到含氮化鈦粒子的平均一次粒徑為10nm以上時,組成物的黏度經時穩定性優異。 並且,藉由實施例12與實施例16的對比,確認到含氮化鈦粒子的利用透射型電子顯微鏡之一次粒子的形狀中,球形的比例為60質量%以上時,分光性(良好的OD值)及圖案形成性(解析度)更優異。並且,確認到組成物的過濾性及黏度經時穩定性亦優異。And, by comparison between Examples 17-21, it is confirmed that the content of water is 0.1-1% by mass (preferably 0.1-0.8% by mass, more preferably 0.1-0.4% by mass) relative to the total mass of the composition , the pattern formation (resolution) of the cured film and the corrosion resistance of the electrode material are more excellent. Furthermore, it was confirmed that by setting the water content to 0.1 to 1% by mass relative to the total mass of the composition, the amount of particles in the composition can be further reduced, and the viscosity stability of the composition over time is also more excellent. And it confirmed that the pattern formability (resolution) of a cured film is more excellent when D/P is 0.3 or less from the comparison of Example 26 and Example 27. By comparing Examples 26, 31, and 32, it was confirmed that when the content of titanium nitride-containing particles is 30 to 70% by mass relative to the total solid content of the composition, the spectroscopic properties (good OD value), pattern formation properties ( resolution) and the corrosion resistance of the electrode is more excellent. In addition, by comparing Examples 6 to 9, it was confirmed that when the specific surface area of the titanium nitride-containing particles determined by the BET method is 40 to 60 m 2 /g, the spectroscopic properties (good OD value) and pattern formation properties (resolution) is even better. Furthermore, it was confirmed that filterability is also excellent. Furthermore, by comparing Examples 10 to 14, it was confirmed that when CuKα rays are used as the X-ray source, when the diffraction angle 2θ of the peak originating from the (200) plane of titanium nitride particles exceeds 42.8° and is not more than 43.5° , Spectroscopy (good OD value) and pattern formation (resolution) are more excellent. In addition, from the comparison of Examples 12 to 15, it was confirmed that when the average primary particle diameter of the titanium nitride-containing particles is 10 to 30 nm, the spectroscopic properties (favorable OD value) are more excellent. Furthermore, it was confirmed that the viscosity stability of the composition was also excellent over time. Furthermore, it was confirmed that when the average primary particle size of the titanium nitride-containing particles is 10 nm or more, the viscosity stability of the composition over time is excellent. In addition, by comparing Example 12 with Example 16, it was confirmed that in the shape of the primary particle of the titanium nitride-containing particle using a transmission electron microscope, when the ratio of spherical shape is 60% by mass or more, the spectroscopic property (good OD value) and pattern formation (resolution) are more excellent. In addition, it was confirmed that the filterability and viscosity stability of the composition were also excellent.

實施例1中,未使用界面活性劑F-1,除此以外藉由相同的方法進行了評價。評價結果,得知可獲得與實施例1相同的結果。In Example 1, the evaluation was performed by the same method except that the surfactant F-1 was not used. As a result of evaluation, it was found that the same results as in Example 1 were obtained.

<碳黑分散物(CB分散液)的製備> 上述顔料分散物的製備中,代替含氮化鈦粒子,使用了碳黑(商品名“Color Black S170”、Degussa-Hüls AG製造、平均一次粒徑17nm、BET比表面積200m2 /g、藉由氣黑方式製造之碳黑),除此以外,藉由相同的方法製作分散物,並獲得了碳黑分散物。<Preparation of carbon black dispersion (CB dispersion liquid)> In the preparation of the above-mentioned pigment dispersion, carbon black (trade name "Color Black S170", manufactured by Degussa-Hüls AG, average primary particle A diameter of 17 nm, a BET specific surface area of 200 m 2 /g, and a carbon black produced by a gas black method), a dispersion was produced by the same method, and a carbon black dispersion was obtained.

實施例1的組成物的製備中,代替以組成物中含有19質量%的含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1之方式添加之顔料分散液,使用了含有含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1之顔料分散液與上述CB分散液的混合物[組成物中的含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1:組成物的碳黑=15:4(質量比)。組成物中的含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1與碳黑的總計含量為19質量%。],除此以外,藉由相同的方法製備組成物,並利用該組成物進行了評價。評價結果,得知可獲得與實施例1相同的遮光性。In the preparation of the composition of Example 1, instead of the pigment dispersion liquid added so as to contain 19% by mass of titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-1 in the composition, a pigment dispersion liquid containing titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-1 was used. Liquid and the mixture of the above CB dispersion [TiN-1 containing titanium nitride particles in the composition: carbon black in the composition = 15:4 (mass ratio). The total content of titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-1 and carbon black in the composition was 19% by mass. ], except that, a composition was prepared by the same method, and evaluation was performed using the composition. As a result of the evaluation, it was found that the same light-shielding properties as in Example 1 were obtained.

<彩色顔料分散物(PY分散液)的製備> 上述顔料分散物的製備中,代替含氮化鈦粒子,使用了顏料黃150(Hangzhou Star-up Pigment Co., Ltd.製造、商品名6150顔料黄5GN),除此以外,藉由相同的方法製作分散物,從而獲得了彩色顔料分散物(PY分散液)。<Preparation of Color Pigment Dispersion (PY Dispersion Liquid)> In the preparation of the above pigment dispersion, Pigment Yellow 150 (manufactured by Hangzhou Star-up Pigment Co., Ltd., trade name 6150 pigment) was used instead of titanium nitride-containing particles. Yellow 5GN), except that, a dispersion was produced by the same method to obtain a color pigment dispersion (PY dispersion).

實施例1的組成物的製備中,代替以組成物中含有19質量%的含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1之方式添加之顔料分散液,使用了含有含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1之顔料分散液與上述PY分散液的混合物[組成物中的含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1:組成物中的顏料黃150=17:2(質量比)。組成物中的含氮化鈦粒子TiN-1與顏料黃150的總計含量為19質量%。],除此以外,藉由相同的方法地製備組成物,並利用該組成物進行了評價。評價結果,得知可獲得與實施例1相同的遮光性,而且可獲得濃黑色的膜。In the preparation of the composition of Example 1, instead of the pigment dispersion liquid added so as to contain 19% by mass of titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-1 in the composition, a pigment dispersion liquid containing titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-1 was used. The mixture of liquid and the above-mentioned PY dispersion [TiN-1 containing titanium nitride particles in the composition: Pigment Yellow 150 in the composition=17:2 (mass ratio). The total content of titanium nitride-containing particles TiN-1 and Pigment Yellow 150 in the composition was 19% by mass. ], except that, a composition was prepared by the same method, and evaluation was performed using the composition. As a result of the evaluation, it was found that the same light-shielding properties as in Example 1 were obtained, and that a deep black film was obtained.

none

none

Claims (22)

一種黑色組成物,其含有聚合性化合物、包含氯原子之含氮化鈦粒子及水,且前述含氮化鈦粒子中的前述氯原子的含量為0.001~0.3質量%,前述水的含量相對於前述黑色組成物總質量,為0.1~1質量%。 A black composition comprising a polymerizable compound, titanium nitride-containing particles containing chlorine atoms, and water, and the content of the chlorine atoms in the titanium nitride-containing particles is 0.001 to 0.3% by mass, and the content of the water is relative to The total mass of the aforementioned black composition is 0.1-1% by mass. 一種黑色組成物,其含有聚合性化合物、包含氯原子之含氮化鈦粒子、分散劑及水,且前述含氮化鈦粒子中的前述氯原子的含量為0.001~0.3質量%,前述分散劑相對於前述含氮化鈦粒子之含有比例以質量比計為0.3以下,前述聚合性化合物為酸值0.1~40mgKOH/g的具有酸基之聚合性化合物,前述水的含量相對於前述黑色組成物總質量,為0.1~1質量%。 A black composition comprising a polymerizable compound, titanium nitride-containing particles containing chlorine atoms, a dispersant, and water, and the content of the chlorine atoms in the titanium nitride-containing particles is 0.001 to 0.3% by mass, and the dispersant The content ratio of the aforementioned titanium nitride-containing particles is 0.3 or less in terms of mass ratio, the aforementioned polymerizable compound is a polymerizable compound having an acid group with an acid value of 0.1 to 40 mgKOH/g, and the aforementioned water content is relative to the aforementioned black composition The total mass is 0.1 to 1% by mass. 一種黑色組成物,其含有聚合性化合物、包含氯原子之含氮化鈦粒子及水,且前述含氮化鈦粒子中的前述氯原子的含量為0.001~0.3質量%,利用透射型電子顯微鏡之前述含氮化鈦粒子的一次粒子圖像的照片觀察中,100個觀察對象中60個以上為球形,前述水的含量相對於前述黑色組成物總質量,為0.1~1質量%。 A black composition, which contains a polymerizable compound, titanium nitride-containing particles containing chlorine atoms, and water, and the content of the chlorine atoms in the titanium nitride-containing particles is 0.001 to 0.3% by mass, as measured by a transmission electron microscope In the photographic observation of the primary particle image of the titanium nitride-containing particles, 60 or more of the 100 observed objects are spherical, and the content of the water is 0.1 to 1% by mass relative to the total mass of the black composition. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第3項中任一項所述之黑色組成物,其中 將CuKα射線作為X射線源時,前述含氮化鈦粒子的源自(200)面之峰的繞射角2θ為超過42.8°且43.5°以下。 The black composition as described in any one of items 1 to 3 of the scope of the patent application, wherein When CuKα rays are used as the X-ray source, the diffraction angle 2θ of the peak originating from the (200) plane of the titanium nitride-containing particles exceeds 42.8° and is 43.5° or less. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第3項中任一項所述之黑色組成物,其中前述含氮化鈦粒子的藉由BET法求出之比表面積為40~60m2/g。 The black composition as described in any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the titanium nitride-containing particles have a specific surface area of 40 to 60 m 2 /g as determined by the BET method. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第3項中任一項所述之黑色組成物,其中前述含氮化鈦粒子的平均一次粒徑為10~30nm。 The black composition as described in any one of the claims 1 to 3, wherein the average primary particle diameter of the titanium nitride-containing particles is 10-30 nm. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述之黑色組成物,其中利用透射型電子顯微鏡之前述含氮化鈦粒子的一次粒子圖像的照片觀察中,100個觀察對象中60個以上為球形。 The black composition as described in claim 1 or claim 2, wherein in the photographic observation of the primary particle image of the aforementioned titanium nitride-containing particles using a transmission electron microscope, 60 or more of the 100 observed objects are spherical. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第3項中任一項所述之黑色組成物,其還含有2種以上的溶劑。 The black composition described in any one of claims 1 to 3 further contains two or more solvents. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之黑色組成物,其還含有分散劑。 The black composition as described in item 1 of the patent claims further contains a dispersant. 如申請專利範圍第9項所述之黑色組成物,其中前述分散劑相對於前述含氮化鈦粒子之含有比例以質量比計為0.3以下。 The black composition according to claim 9, wherein the content ratio of the dispersant to the titanium nitride-containing particles is 0.3 or less in mass ratio. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第3項中任一項所述之黑色組成物,其還含有聚合起始劑。 The black composition described in any one of claims 1 to 3 further contains a polymerization initiator. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第3項中任一項所述之黑色組成物,其中前述黑色組成物中的固體成分為10~40質量%。 The black composition as described in any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the solid content in the black composition is 10 to 40% by mass. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第3項中任一項所述之黑色組成物,其中前述含氮化鈦粒子的含量相對於前述黑色組成物的總固體成分,為30~70質量%。 The black composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the content of the titanium nitride-containing particles is 30 to 70% by mass relative to the total solid content of the black composition. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第3項所述之黑色組成物,其還含有分散劑,且前述分散劑具有選自由聚己內酯、聚戊內酯、聚丙烯酸甲酯及聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯所組成之群組之至少1種結構。 The black composition as described in item 1 or item 3 of the scope of the patent application, which also contains a dispersant, and the aforementioned dispersant has a compound selected from polycaprolactone, polyvalerolactone, polymethyl acrylate and polymethacrylic acid At least one structure of the group consisting of methyl esters. 如申請專利範圍第2項所述之黑色組成物,其中前述分散劑具有選自由聚己內酯、聚戊內酯、聚丙烯酸甲酯及聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯所組成之群組之至少1種結構。 The black composition as described in item 2 of the scope of application, wherein the aforementioned dispersant has at least 1 selected from the group consisting of polycaprolactone, polyvalerolactone, polymethyl acrylate and polymethyl methacrylate. kind of structure. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第3項所述之黑色組成物,其中前述聚合性化合物為酸值0.1~40mgKOH/g的具有酸基之聚合性化合物。 The black composition as described in claim 1 or claim 3, wherein the aforementioned polymerizable compound is a polymerizable compound having an acid group with an acid value of 0.1-40 mgKOH/g. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第3項中任一項所述之黑色組成物,其中前述氯原子的含量相對於前述含氮化鈦粒子的總質量,為0.001質量%~0.15質量%。 The black composition as described in any one of the claims 1 to 3, wherein the content of the chlorine atoms is 0.001% by mass to 0.15% by mass relative to the total mass of the titanium nitride-containing particles. 一種硬化膜,其是使用申請專利範圍第1項至第17項中任一項所述之黑色組成物來獲得。 A cured film obtained by using the black composition described in any one of items 1 to 17 of the patent application. 一種濾色器,其具有申請專利範圍第18項所述之硬化膜。 A color filter having the cured film described in claim 18 of the patent application. 一種遮光膜,其具有申請專利範圍第18項所述之硬化膜。 A light-shielding film having the hardened film described in item 18 of the scope of the patent application. 一種固態攝影元件,其具有申請專利範圍第18項所述之硬化膜。 A solid-state imaging element having the cured film described in claim 18 of the patent application. 一種圖像顯示裝置,其具有申請專利範圍第18項所述之硬化膜。 An image display device having the cured film described in claim 18 of the patent application.
TW106108428A 2016-03-31 2017-03-15 Black composition, cured film, color filter, light-shielding film, solid-state imaging element, and image display device TWI790993B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016-072402 2016-03-31
JP2016072402 2016-03-31

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201806853A TW201806853A (en) 2018-03-01
TWI790993B true TWI790993B (en) 2023-02-01

Family

ID=59963096

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW106108428A TWI790993B (en) 2016-03-31 2017-03-15 Black composition, cured film, color filter, light-shielding film, solid-state imaging element, and image display device

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6698820B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102160018B1 (en)
CN (2) CN109073799B (en)
TW (1) TWI790993B (en)
WO (1) WO2017169584A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017169584A1 (en) * 2016-03-31 2017-10-05 富士フイルム株式会社 Composition, cured film, color filter, light-blocking film, solid-state imaging element and image display device
WO2020017184A1 (en) * 2018-07-20 2020-01-23 富士フイルム株式会社 Light blocking resin composition, cured film, color filter, light blocking film, solid-state image sensor, and image display device
JP7330719B2 (en) * 2019-03-01 2023-08-22 太陽ホールディングス株式会社 Alkali developable photocurable thermosetting resin composition
CN113661417B (en) * 2019-03-29 2023-09-26 富士胶片株式会社 Composition, light shielding film, color filter, optical element, sensor, solid-state imaging element, and head lamp unit
KR20220034835A (en) * 2019-09-06 2022-03-18 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 Compositions, films, structures, color filters, solid-state imaging devices and image display devices
CN115280238A (en) * 2020-03-06 2022-11-01 富士胶片株式会社 Photosensitive composition, cured film, color filter, light-shielding film, optical element, solid-state imaging element, infrared sensor, and headlight unit

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS53137099A (en) * 1977-05-06 1978-11-30 Toyo Soda Mfg Co Ltd Production of titanium nitride
US4196178A (en) * 1978-05-08 1980-04-01 Ube Industries, Ltd. Process for producing metallic nitride powder
US4812301A (en) * 1986-04-24 1989-03-14 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Interior Production of titanium nitride, carbide, and carbonitride powders
TW200639124A (en) * 2004-12-28 2006-11-16 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Black resin composition for display device, and display device member
CN102459084A (en) * 2009-06-15 2012-05-16 东丽株式会社 Black composite particle, black resin composition, color filter substrate and liquid crystal display

Family Cites Families (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB787516A (en) * 1955-02-24 1957-12-11 British Titan Products Improvements in or relating to the preparation of titanium nitride
US3717851A (en) 1971-03-03 1973-02-20 Ibm Processing of compacted data
JPH02284643A (en) * 1989-01-10 1990-11-22 Kawasaki Steel Corp Recovering method for high-purity fine and superfine metallic and ceramics powder
DE3924300A1 (en) * 1989-01-21 1991-01-31 Basf Ag METHOD FOR PRODUCING POWDERED METAL NITRIDES
CN101443707A (en) * 2006-05-18 2009-05-27 三菱化学株式会社 Electrophotographic photosensitive body, image forming device, and electrophotographic cartridge
KR101485436B1 (en) * 2007-03-20 2015-01-23 도레이 카부시키가이샤 Black resin composition, resin black matrix, color filter and liquid crystal display
JP2010097214A (en) * 2008-09-19 2010-04-30 Toray Ind Inc Color filter substrate for liquid crystal display apparatus and liquid crystal display apparatus
JP5153698B2 (en) * 2009-03-19 2013-02-27 富士フイルム株式会社 Method for producing dispersion composition, method for producing photosensitive resin composition for light-shielding color filter, and method for producing light-shielding color filter
SG181620A1 (en) * 2009-12-11 2012-07-30 Fujifilm Corp Black curable composition, light-shielding color filter, light-shielding film and method for manufacturing the same, wafer level lens, and solid-state imaging device
JP5526821B2 (en) * 2010-02-01 2014-06-18 Jsr株式会社 Coloring composition, color filter and color liquid crystal display element
JP5689691B2 (en) * 2010-03-30 2015-03-25 富士フイルム株式会社 Titanium black dispersion, photosensitive resin composition, light shielding film, method for producing the same, and solid-state imaging device
KR102076591B1 (en) * 2012-05-11 2020-02-13 닛산 가가쿠 가부시키가이샤 Film-forming composition
WO2017169584A1 (en) * 2016-03-31 2017-10-05 富士フイルム株式会社 Composition, cured film, color filter, light-blocking film, solid-state imaging element and image display device

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS53137099A (en) * 1977-05-06 1978-11-30 Toyo Soda Mfg Co Ltd Production of titanium nitride
US4196178A (en) * 1978-05-08 1980-04-01 Ube Industries, Ltd. Process for producing metallic nitride powder
US4812301A (en) * 1986-04-24 1989-03-14 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Interior Production of titanium nitride, carbide, and carbonitride powders
TW200639124A (en) * 2004-12-28 2006-11-16 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Black resin composition for display device, and display device member
CN102459084A (en) * 2009-06-15 2012-05-16 东丽株式会社 Black composite particle, black resin composition, color filter substrate and liquid crystal display

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR102160018B1 (en) 2020-09-25
KR20180116354A (en) 2018-10-24
CN109073799B (en) 2021-03-09
WO2017169584A1 (en) 2017-10-05
CN113031398A (en) 2021-06-25
TW201806853A (en) 2018-03-01
JPWO2017169584A1 (en) 2019-01-17
CN109073799A (en) 2018-12-21
JP6698820B2 (en) 2020-05-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI740942B (en) Curable composition, cured film, color filter, light-shielding film, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and manufacturing method of cured film
TWI790993B (en) Black composition, cured film, color filter, light-shielding film, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
TWI795360B (en) Composition for fomring cured film, cured film, color filter, light-blocking film, solid-state imaging device and image display device
JP6745869B2 (en) Composition, method for producing composition, cured film, color filter, light-shielding film, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JP6680907B2 (en) Curable composition, cured film, color filter, light shielding film, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and method for producing cured film
TWI774679B (en) Curable composition, cured film, color filter, light-shielding film, solid-state imaging element, image display device, manufacturing method of cured film, and polyfunctional thiol compound
JP6674035B2 (en) Composition, cured film, color filter, solid-state imaging device, infrared sensor, near-infrared sensor, and proximity sensor
JP6727344B2 (en) Curable composition, compound, cured film, method for producing cured film, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, infrared sensor
TWI726075B (en) Composition, method for manufacturing composition, cured film, color filter, light-shielding film, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
TW201837565A (en) Curable composition, cured film, light shielding film, solid state imaging element, solid state imaging device and method for manufacturing cured film
JPWO2017150069A1 (en) Resin composition, resin film, color filter, light shielding film, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
TW201728656A (en) Dispersion composition, curable composition, light-blocking film, color filter, and solid-state imaging device
JP2020013156A (en) Production method of cured film, cured film, solid-state image pickup device and image display device